Advanced Search

Order On Guidelines For Vehicle Design And Equipment

Original Language Title: Bekendtgørelse om detailforskrifter for køretøjers indretning og udstyr

Subscribe to a Global-Regulation Premium Membership Today!

Key Benefits:

Subscribe Now for only USD$40 per month.
Table of Contents
Appendix 1
Appendix 2
Appendix 3
Appendix 4
Appendix 5
Appendix 6
Appendix 7

Publication of vehicle retailers and equipment

In accordance with section 68 (2), 1, and section 118 (1). 8, in the road traffic law, cf. Law Order no. 1320 of the 28th. In November 2010, and under the authority provided for in section 2 (2). 1, in the notice. 1699 of 19. In December 2006, on the tasks and powers of the End of the Community, as amended by the Order of the End of Notice No 580 of 25. May 2007, and in accordance with section 44 of the notice. 154 of 20. In April 1977, the information and equipment of vehicles, etc., as amended by the notice of publication No 2 ; 244 of 7. April 2005, and section 25 of the notice no. 530 of 29. May 1996 on the directions and equipment for tractors and motor vehicles and so on, as amended by the notice No 247 of 7. April 2005 shall be determined :

§ 1. Vehicles recorded, approved or taken in use the first time on the effective date or subsequent, cf. however, paragraph 1 2, 3 and 4 shall comply with the provisions of Annex 1. However, any vehicle may be made immediately in accordance with the notice of the limits resulting from paragraph 1. Two and three.

Paragraph 2. The provisions on the wheel-fencing in Annex 1, point. However, at 9.01.002 (5), the entry into force shall not enter into force on 9. April 2011.

Paragraph 3. The provisions on the width of Annex 1 in point. 3.02.001 (4) and in length in point. However, 3.02,200 (2) and (3) do not enter into force until 1. July, 2011.

Paragraph 4. The determination of total weight in appendix 1, point. 301.100 (2) also applies to trailers registered for the first time before the effective date.

Paragraph 5. Annex 4 provides an overview of the notices and equipment of vehicles in which provisions are laid down, which are also applicable to older vehicles.

Optional harmonisation

§ 2. Vehicles and equipment for vehicles may not be refused by reference to the non-compliance of Danish provisions on vehicles and equipment of vehicles, provided that the vehicle is fitted with the equipment approved in accordance with a Community Directive or Community regulation with the corresponding provisions.

Totalharmonisation for car and trailer to the trailer

§ 3. Equipment fitted to EC type-approved car and trailer to the scope of the EC Directive 2007 /46/EC (formerly 70 /156/EEC) relating to the approval of motor vehicles and their trailers and covered by Annex IV to the Directive shall be approved in : pursuant to this Annex, EC Directives, EC Regulations or ECE Regulations shall be subject to the provisions of this Annex. In the Annex 5 of the notice, a list of Community-type-approved passenger car M1 equipment must be approved in accordance with Community Directives, EC Regulations or ECE Regulations.

Paragraph 2. In addition, for cars and trailers, they shall apply to the provisions on EC type-approval laid down in the Order of the Shuttle Management Board for approval and view of vehicles.

Total Harmonisation for two-and three-wheel motor vehicles

§ 4. The standard type-approved vehicle covered by the EC Directive 2002/24/EC on the type-approval of two-and three-wheel motor vehicles must meet the technical requirements of the EC Directives or ECE Regulations listed in Annex 6. Equipment fitted to such a vehicle and covered by Annex 6 shall be approved in accordance with the Community Directives or ECE Regulations referred to in the Annex. The same applies to equipment installed on the EC type-approved vehicle covered by EC Directive 2002 /24/EC (formerly 92 /61/EEC).

Paragraph 2. This provision shall apply-from the date of application of the Directive (Regulation) as to the date of standard type-approval on this date or later, and for equipment installed on such a vehicle or on a Community type-approved vehicle and marketed on the market, the first time in this country on this date or later.

Paragraph 3. The provision shall also apply to four years from the date of application of the individual Directive (Regulation), the date on which the vehicle is registered or used for the first time on that date or later, irrespective of the date of its type-approval, and for equipment which : shall be mounted on such a vehicle or on a Community type-approved vehicle, irrespective of the date of the first placing on the market of the equipment.

Paragraph 4. For two-and three-wheel motor vehicles, the provisions on EC type-approval laid down in the Order Management Board shall be subject to the approval and sight of vehicles for the period of completion of the EC type-approval.

Total Harmonisation for Tractors

§ 5. Equipment mounted on the EC type-approved tractor covered by EC Directive 2003 /37/EC on type-approval of wheeled agricultural or forestry tractors and trailers and which are subject to Annex 7 must be approved in accordance with the said Annex ; Community Directives or ECE Regulations.

Paragraph 2. In addition, for tractors, the provisions on EC type-approval laid down in the Order Management Board shall be subject to the approval and sight of vehicles.

Punishment, etc.

§ 6. The withdrawal of the requirements of the notice to the vehicle and equipment shall be punished by fine.

The entry into force, etc.

§ 7. The announcement shall enter into force on 1. April 2011.

Traffic Management, the 10th. March, 2011

Carsten Falk Hansen

/ Ib Rasmussen


Appendix 1

Retail Notices for Vehicles 2011
Content View
1. General information
1.01 The structure of the Annex
1.01.001 Numerage
1.01.002 Main section
1.01.003 Subdivision
1.01.004 Detail
1.01.005 Sharing detailed regulations
1.02 Use of the numbering system
1.03 Vehicle Species and applications
010 Motordtorn vehicle
020 Bil
021 Personnel M1
022 Personal car M2
023 Personal car M3
024 Commodia N1
025 Lastvan N2
026 Lastvan N3
030 Motorcycle
031 Two-wheel motorcycle
032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
033-wheel motorcycle
040 Knallert
041 Large moped
042 Small moped
050 Traktor
060 Motor
099 Motordtorn block carriage
100 Intrailers
110 Alleged / semi-trailer car to car
111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1
112 Allegtrailers / semi-trailer O2
113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
120 Tractor trailer trailer
121 Tractor trailer for registration of a service provider
122 Tractor trailer for unregimental tractor
130 Intractor vehicle for motor vehicle
140 Clause tool
141 Camping
142 Other registration obligations for the event
143 Non-registration obligation for the event
150 trailers for motorcycles
151 trailer to motorcycle
153 Intrition vehicle for motorcycle
199 Block
200 Vogntrains
300 Vehicles for special use
310 Vehicle-free interconnection
320 School Vehicle
330 Expilor vehicle
340 Udryvehicle
356 Sovebus
360 Vehicles for the second special use
361 Invalidevehicle
362 Salvage vehicles
363 Vehicle specially designed to carry out work on the road
364 Camping car
371 Airfield vehicles
381 Tivolitook
400 Vehicles for special transport
410 Vehicle for the transport of dangerous goods
460 Vehicles for other specific transport
461 Vehicle for animal transport
1.04 Definitions
2. Identification and recipes
2.01 Identification
2.01.001 General provisions
2.01.040 Knallert
2.01.042 Small moped
2.02 Inscriptions for maximum laden weight, cargo, etc.
2.02.001 General provisions
2.02.022 Personnel M2
2.02.023 Personnel M3
2.02.024 Commodia N1
2.02.025 Lastvan N2
2.02.026 Lastvan N3
2.02.030 Motorcycle
2.02.041 Large moped
2.02.042 Small moped
2.02.110 Alleged / semi-trailer to car
2.02.121 Tractor trailer for registration of a service provider
2.02.151 trailer to motorcycle
2,02,200 Vogntrains
2.02.310 Vehicle-free interconnection
2.02.362 Salvage Vehicle
2.03 Limit of speed limit
2.03.001 General provisions
3. Weight and dimensions
3.01 Weight and axle pressure, etc.
3.01.001 General provisions
3.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle
3.01.020 Bil
3.01.023 Personnel M3
3.01.030 Motorcycle
3.01.041 Large moped
3.01.042 Small moped
3.01.050 Traktor
3.01.060 Motor vehicle
3.01.099 Motordtorn block carriage
3.01.100 Trailers
3.01.150 Vehicle Trailers
3.01.199 Block
3.01.200 Vogntrains
3.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection
3.01.320 School Vehicle
3.02 Height, width and length
3.02.001 General provisions
3.02.010 Motordtorn vehicle
3.02.022 Personnel M2
3.02.023 Personnel M3
3.02.040 Knallert
3.02.099 Motordtorn block carriage
3.02.110 Comtrailers / semi-trailer
3.02.150 P/C/Vehicle Vehicle
3.02.199 Blokvan
3.02,200 Vogntrains
3.02.310 Vehicle-free interconnection
3.02.320 School Vehile42
3.02.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way
4. Control-aid
4.01.001 General provisions
4,01.002 ESC
4.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle
4,01.020 Bil
4.01.021 Personnel M1
4.01.023 Personnel M3
4.01.024 Commodia N1
4.01.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
4.01.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
4,01,033 Three-wheel motorcycle
4.01.041 Large moped
4,01.042 Small moped
4.01.050 Traktor
4.01.060 Motor vehicle
4.01.099 Motordtorn block carriage
4.01.100 Trailers
4.01.199 Block
4,01.200 Vogntrains
4.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection
4.01.320 School vehicle
4.01.330 Issue of rental vehicles
5. Bremser
5.01 BremseSystems
5.01.001 General provisions
5.01.002 Operation brake
5.01.003 Emergency brake
5.01.004 Parking brake
5.01.005 Blocking-braking
5.01.006 Backbrake
5.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle
5.01.020 Bil
5.01.021 Personnel M1
5.01.022 Personnel M2
5.01.023 Personnel M3
5.01.024 Commodia N1
5.01.025 Lastvan N2
5.01.026 Lastvan N3
5.01.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
5.01.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
5.01.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
5.01.041 Large moped
5.01.042 Small moped
5.01.050 Traktor
5.01.060 Motor vehicle
5.01.099 Motordtorn block carriage
5.01.110 Alleged / semi-trailer to car
5.01.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1
5.01.112 Allestrung / semi-trailer O2
5.01.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
5.01.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
5.01.120 Tractor trailer
5.01.130 tractor for motor vehicle
5.01.141 Camping
5.01.142 Other registration duty-imposed
5.01.143 Non-registration obligation for the event of an action
5.01.150 trailers for motorcycles
5.01.199 Block
5.01.200 Vogntrains
5.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection
5.01.320 School vehicle
5.01.361 Invalidevehicle
5.01.410 Vehicle for the transport of dangerous goods
5.02 Bremsecomponents
5.02.001 General provisions
5.02.002 Hydraulic plants
5.02.003 Pressure pliers
5.02.004 Acceleral braking
5.02.005 Fjederbrakes
5.02.006 Labelling of ALB
5.02.007 Bremsebelings
5.02.008 Sampling connections
5.03 Performance
5.03.001 General provisions
5.03.020 Bil
5.03.021 Personnel M1
5.03.022 Personnel M2
5.03.023 Personnel M3
5.03.024 Commodia N1
5.03.025 Lastvan N2
5.03.026 Lastvan N3
5.03.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
5.03.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
5.03.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
5.03.041 Large moped
5.03.042 Small moped
5.03.050 Traktor
5.03.060 Motor vehicle
5.03.099 Motordtorn block carriage
5.03.110 Intrailers / semi-trailer
5.03.120 Tractor trailer
5.03.130 motor vehicle trailer
5.03.141 Camping
5.03.142 Other registration duty-imposed
5.03.143 Non-registration obligation for the event
5.03.150 Vehicle-trailer
5.03.199 Block
5.03.200 Vogntrains
6. Electro-plant, lighting, reflexes, etc.
6.01 Electrical installations
6.01.001 General provisions
6.01.002 Electromagnetic compatibility
6.01.003 Map range adar
6.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle
6.01.021 Personnel M1
6.01.024 Commodia N1
6.01.041 Large moped
6.01.042 Small moped
6.01.050 Traktor
6.01.060 Motorways
6.01.100 Trailers
6.01.122 Tractor trailer to non-registration of the tractor
6.01.130 tractor for motor vehicle
6.01.143 Non-registration obligation for the event
6.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection
6.02 Lighting for lighting
6.02.001 General provisions
6.02.002 Remote-beam headlamps
6.02.003 Dipped-beam headlamps
6.02.004 Tear-front headlamps
6.02.005 Reversing lamps
6.02.006 Search / Work LIGHT
6.02.020 Bil
6.02.021 Personnel M1
6.02.030 Motorcycle
6.02.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
6.02.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
6.02.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
6.02.041 Large moped
6.02.042 Small moped
6.02.050 Traktor
6.02.060 Motor Vehis
6.02.099 Motordtorn block carriage
6.02.100 Trailers
6.02.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way
6.03 Lights to be marked
6.03.001 General provisions
6.03.002 Position lamps
6.03.003 Rear lamps
6.03.004 Marker lamps
6.03.005 Tear fog lamps
6.03.006 Numbering lamps
6.03.007 Parking LIGHT
6.03.008 Paggator lamps
6.03.009 Special lamps for marker
6.03.021 Personnel M1
6.03.022 Personnel M2
6.03.023 Personnel M3
6.03.024 Commodia N1
6.03.025 Lastvan N2
6.03.026 Lastvan N3
6.03.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
6.03.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
6.03.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
6.03.041 Large moped
6.03.042 Small moped
6.03.050 Traktor
6.03.60 Motor Vehis
6.03.099 Motordtorn block carriage
6.03.100 Trailers
6.03.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1
6.03.112 Allestrung / semi-trailer O2
6.03.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
6.03.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
6.03.120 Tractor trailer
6.03.130 motor vehicle trailer
6.03.141 Camping
6.03.142 Other registration duty-imposed
6.03.143 Non-registration obligation for the event
6.03.150 TGV to motorcycles
6.03.199 Block
6.03.363 Vehicle specially designed to carry out work on the way
6.04 Lights for signalling
6.04.001 General provisions
6.04.002 Direction indicator lamps (front link lamps, rear direction indicator lamps and lateral indicator lamps)
6.04.003 Stlights
6.04.004 Havariwwinks
6.04.005 Ditailing lamps
6.04.006 Urinsing lamps
6.04.007 Overhaling Signal
6.04.020 Bil
6.04.021 Personnel M1
6.04.022 Personnel M2
6.04.023 Personnel M3
6.04.025 Lastvan N2
6.04.026 Lastvan N3
6.04,031 Two-wheel motorcycle
6.04,032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
6.04.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
6.04.041 Large moped
6.04.042 Small moped
6.04.050 Traktor
6.04.060 Motor Vehis
6.04.099 Motordtorn block carriage
6.04.110 Appestrung / semi-trailer to car
6.04.120 Tractor trailer
6.04.130 motor vehicle trailer
6.04.141 Camping
6.04.142 Other registration duty-imposed
6.04.143 Nonregistration obligation for the event of an action
6.04.150 Vehicle-trailer
6.04.199 Blokvan
6.04.200 Vogntrains
6.04.320 School Vehicle
6.04.340 Extreme Vehicle
6.04.362 Salvage Vehicle
6.04.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way
6.05 Retroreflecting devices. Oh.
6.05.001 General provisions
6.05.002 Frequent retro-reflectors
6.05.003 Backdoor retroreflecting devices
6.05.004 Retroreflecting systems that are reversing the page (side retro-reflectors)
6.05.010 Motordtorn vehicle
6.05.020 Bil
6.05.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
6.05.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
6.05.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
6.05.041 Large moped
6.05.042 Small moped
6.05.050 Traktor
6.05.060 Motor Vehis
6.05.099 Motordtorn block carriage
6.05.100 Trailers
6.05.340 Extreme Vehicle
6.05.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way
6.06 Noise signalling devices
6.06.001 General provisions
6.06.010 Motordtorn vehicle
6.06.021 Personnel M1
6.06.042 Small moped
6.06.060 Motor-engine
6.06.320 School Vehicle
6.06.340 Extreme Vehicle
6.07 Radio systems, TVs, etc.
6.07.001 General provisions
6.08 Tyveric alarm, etcetera etcetera.
6.08.001 Tybbon Alarm
6.08.002 Launcher
6.08.010 Motordtorn vehicle
6.08.021 Personnel M1
6.09 Special aftagging
6.09.001 General provisions
6.09.002 Special affront marker lamps on the lasse-stone
6,09.003 Lympom
6.09.020 Bil
6.09.021 Personnel M1
6.09.022 Personnel M2
6.09.023 Personnel M3
6.09.024 Commodia N1
6.09.050 Traktor
6.09.060 Motor-engine
6.09.09.099 Motordtorn block carriage
6.09.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way
6.10 Slow-rolling Vehicles
6.10.001 General provisions
6.10.050 Traktor
6.10.060 Motor Vehis
6.10.200 Vogntrains
6.11 Reflection Plans
6.11.001 General provisions
6.11.023 Personnel M3
6.11.025 Lastvan N2
6.11.026 Lastvan N3
6.11.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
6.11.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
6.11.200 Vogntrains
6.12 Lights,
6.12.001 General provisions
6.12.002 THE LAMP LIGHT LAMP
6.12.003 Dipped-beam headlamps with a reduced voltage
6.12.020 Bil
6.12.030 Motorcycle
6.12.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
6.12.041 Large moped
6.12.042 Small moped
6.12.050 Traktor
6.12.060 Motor Vehis
6.12.099 Motordtorn block carriage
6.13 Account markings
6.13.001 General
6.13.022 Personnel M2
6.13.023 Personnel M3
6.13.025 Lastvan N2
6.13.026 Lastvan N3
6.13.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
6.13.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
7. Motor, noise, air pollution, etc.
7.01 Motor
7.01.001 General provisions
7.01.002 Speed limiters
7.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle
7.01.021 Personnel M1
7.01.022 Personnel M2
7.01.023 Personnel M3
7.01.024 Commodia N1
7.01.025 Lastvan N2
7.01.026 Lastvan N3
7.01.041 Large moped
7.01.042 Small moped
7.01.200 Vogntrains
7.01.320 School Vehicle
7.02 Fuel Plant
7.02.001 General provisions
7.02.022 Personnel M2
7.02.023 Personnel M3
7.03 Transmission System
7.03.001 General provisions
7.03.002 Friction Occupancy
7.04 Exhaust system
7.04.001 General provisions
7.04.040 Knallert
7.05 Noise
7.05.001 General provisions
7.05.020 Bil
7.05.021 Personnel M1
7.05.022 Personnel M2
7.05.023 Personnel M3
7.05.024 Commodia N1
7.05.025 Lastvan N2
7.05.026 Lastvan N3
7.05.030 Motorcycle
7.05.040 Knallert
7.05.050 Traktor
7.05.099 Motordtorn block carriage
7.06 Air Pollution
7.06.001 General provisions
7.06.020 Bil
7.06.021 Personnel M1
7.06.022 Personnel M2
7.06.023 Personnel M3
7.06.024 Commodia N1
7.06.025 Lastvan N2
7.06.026 Lastvan N3
7.06.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
7.06.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar
7.06.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
7.06.040 Knallert
7.06.050 Traktor
7.06.060 Motor Vehis
7.07 Awarming Facility
7.07.001 General provisions
7.07 Awarming Facility
7.07.002 AirconditionFacility
7.09 Fuel Plant for F-gas
7.09.001 General provisions
7.09.002 Fuel Container
7.09.003 Armatur for fuel tank
7.09.004 Fuel power cords
7.09.005 Preparing
7.09.006 Reduction valve
7.09.007 Choker
7.09.020 Bil
7.09.021 Personnel M1
7.09.024 Commodia N1
7.09.025 Lastvan N2
7.09.09.026 Lastvan N3
8. Barming Items
8.01 Chassis 119
8.01.001 General provisions
8.01.002 Chassisframe
8.01.023 Personnel M3
8.02 Holidays
8.02.001 General provisions
8.02.002 Tires
8.02.003 Trap
8.02.010 Motordtorn vehicle
8.02.020 Bil
8.02.021 Personnel M1
8.02.022 Personnel M2
8.02.023 Personnel M3
8.02.024 Commodity N1
8.02.025 Lastvan N2
8.02.026 Lastvan N3
8.02.030 Motorcycle
8.02.040 Knallert
8.02.050 Traktor
8.02.060 Motor Vehis
8.02.099 Motordtorn block carriage
8.02.100 Trailers
8.02.122 Tractor trailer to non-registration of the tractor
8.02.130 Intractor vehicle
8.02.141 Camping
8.02.142 Other registration obligations for the event
8.02.143 Non-registration obligation for the event
8.02.150 P/V-vehicle
8.02.199 Bloki
8.03 Hjulophins
8.03.001 General provisions
8.03.002 Aksler
8.03.003 Bogieconstructs
8.03.004 Fjedre
8.03.005 Noise dampers
8.03.020 Bil
8.03.021 Personnel M1
8.03.022 Personnel M2
8.03.023 Personnel M3
8.03.024 Commodity N1
8.03.025 Lastvan N2
8.03.026 Lastvan N3
8,03.030 Motorcycle
8.03.110 Intrailers / semi-trailer
8.03.141 Camping
8.03.142 Other registration obligations for the event
8.03.150 P/C/Vehicle Vehicle
9. Carrosers, structure. Oh.
9.01 Karrosseri1
9.01.001 General provisions
9.01.002 Wheels Screens
9.01.003 Dear
9.01.004 Adskiments
9.01.020 Bil
9.01.021 Personnel M1
9.01.022 Personnel M2
9.01.023 Personnel M3
9.01.024 Commodia N1
9.01.025 Lastvan N2
9.01.026 Lastvan N3
9.01.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
9.01.041 Large moped
9.01.042 Small moped
9.01.050 Traktor
9.01.060 Motorways
9.01.100 Trailers
9.01.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1
9.01.112 Allestrung / semi-trailer O2
9.01.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
9.01.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
9.01.141 Camping
9.01.142 Other registration duty-liable
9.01.150 Trailers for motorcycles
9.01.320 School Vehicle
9.01.340 Extreme vehicle
9.02 Building with a load of "m". Oh.
9.02.001 General provisions
9.02.002 Building with a fixed load
9.02.003 Build with tippelad
9.02.004 Building to Container
9.02.005 Building to AC let
9.02.025 Lastvan N2
9.02.026 Lastvan N3
9.02.113 Appalant / semi-trailer O3
9.02.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
9.02.150 P/V-vehicle
9.02.461 Vehicle for animal transport
9.03 Building with Tank
9.03.001 General provisions
9.03.002 Tanke on the leave
9.03.003 Skvulging plates
9.03.410 Vehicle transport for dangerous goods
9.04 Ladspring m. Oh.
9.04.001 General provisions
9.04.024 Commodia N1
9.05 Tilcoupling devices
9.05.001 General provisions
9.05.002 trailer obssure
9.05.003 Ball coupling
9.05.004 Bag-vehicle obssure
9.05.021 Personnel M1
9.05.024 Commodia N1
9.05.030 Motorcycle
9.05.032 Motorcycle with sidecar
9.05.050 Traktor
9.05.100 Comtrailers
9.05.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
9.05.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
9.05.310 Vehicle-vision-free interconnection
9.06 Baggage porters, bicycle statives, etc.
9.06.001 General provisions
9.06.002 Cows and so on.
9.06.003 Step board
9.06.004 Tagreeus and so on.
9.06.005 Safarigitre and so on
9.06.021 Personnel M1
9.06.024 Commodia N1
9.07 Extments, insert aid etc. in person car M2/M3
9.07.001 General provisions
9.07.002 Estiing Door
9.07.003 Emergency exit door
9.07.004 Emergency exit window
9.07.005 Emergency hatch
9.07.006 Access to exits
9.07.007 Lift for wheelchairs users
9.07.008 Rampe for wheelchairs users
9.07.009 Knee System
9.07.022 Personnel Mobile M2
9.07.023 Personnel M3
9.07.356 Sovebus
9.07.364 Camping car
9.08 Pre-rear rear-side screen (rear bumper)
9,08.001 General provisions
9.08.021 Personnel M1
9:0:022 Personnel Mobile M2
9:0:023 Personnel Mobile M3
9.08.024 Commodity N1
9.08.025 Lastvan N2
9.08.026 Lastvan N3
9.08.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1
9.08.112 Alleged / semi-trailer O2
9.08.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
9.08.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
9.08.120 Tractor trailer
9.08.130 trailer-trailer for motor vehicle
9.08.141 Camping
9.08.142 Other registration duty-liable
9.08.200 Vogntrains
9.09 Page foreclosure
9,09.001 General provisions
9.09.09.025 Lastvan N2
9.09.09.026 Lastvan N3
9.09.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3
9.09.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4
9.10 Avying for on-run (forbumper)
9.10.001 General provisions
9.10.025 Lastvan N2
9.10.026 Lastvan N3
10. Inner, outlook, special equipment, etc.
10.01 Inner-orientation, etc.
10.01.001 General provisions
10.01.002 Seder
10.01.003 Nack supporters
10.01.004 Purchase of restols
10.01.005 Seed for Dridchair
10.01.006 Dil to wheelchair
10.01.020 Bil
10.01.021 Personnel M1
10.01.022 Personnel M2
10.01.023 Personnel M3
10.01.024 Commodia N1
10.01.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
10.01.041 Large moped
10.01.042 Small moped
10.01.050 Traktor
10.01.320 School Vehicle
10.01.356 Sovebus
10.01.364 Camping car
10.02 Seatbelts
10.02.001 General provisions
10.02.002 Seat belts for wheelchairs users
10.02.020 Bil
10.02.021 Personnel M1
10.02.022 Personnel M2
10.02.023 Personnel M3
10.02.024 Commodia N1
10.02.025 Lastvan N2
10.02.026 Lastvan N3
10.02.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
10.02.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
10.02.040 Knallert
10.02.364 Camping car
10.03 Udsyn, glam. Oh.
10.03.001 General provisions
10.03.002 Synsfield
10.03.003 Ruder
10.03.004 Solscreens, sun filters and so on
10.03.005 Forruwipers and Wunderers
10.03.006 Precrime
10.03.020 Bil
10.03.021 Personnel M1
10.03.022 Personnel M2
10.03.023 Personnel M3
10.03.024 Commodia N1
10.03.025 Lastvan N2
10.03.026 Lastvan N3
10.03.031 Two-wheel motorcycle
10.03.033 Three-wheel motorcycle
10.03.041 Large moped
10.03.050 Traktor
10.03.060 Motor Vehis
10.03.099 Motordtorn block carriage
10.03.100 Trailers
10.03.310 Vehicles for vision of docking
10.03.320 School Vehicle
10.03.340 Udryvehicle
10.03.364 Camping car
10.04 Instruments
10.04.001 General provisions
10.04.002 Hastimeter Meter
10.04.020 Bil
10.04.030 Motorcycle
10.04.041 Large moped
10.04.042 Small moped
10.04.320 School Vehicle
10.04.330 Issue of rental vehicles
10.05 Tyveriproofproofing
10.05.001 General provisions
10.05.021 Personnel M1
10.05.024 Commodia N1
10.06 Illuminers
10.06.001 General provisions
10.06.022 Personnel M2
10.06.023 Personnel M3
10.06.364 Camping car
10.07 Airbag
10.07.001 General provisions
11 Measurement Methods
11.01 Noise
11.01.001 Noise measurement method (driving measure)
11.01.002 Stell measurement method II (7 m-stop measurement)
11.01.004 Measure method IV (proximity-stop measurement)
11.01.005 Mealet space
11.01.006 Monleapparat
11.01.007 Mealesconditions
11.02 Air pollution
11.02.001 CO at iddstart
11.02.003 CO and lambda by increid-tomato
11.02.004 Diesel smoke density (free acceleration)
11.03 Hasvelocity
11.03.001 Hastitest method
11.03.002 Conditions of measurement
11.03.040 Knallert
11.03.050 Traktor
11.03.060 Motor Vehis

1. General information

1.01 The structure of the Annex

1.01.001 Numerage

(1) The Annex is set out in a numbering system in which the individual number consists of three number groups :

a) 1. number group (one or two digits) is the main section.

b) 2. Number Group (two digits) is the subsection.

c) 3. Number Group (three digits) are responsible for detailed rules.

1.01.002 Main section

(1) The Annex is divided into 11 main sections, of which :

a) the main section 1 contains general information-including list of vehicle species and applications and definitions,

b) the main paragraphs 2 to 10 contain provisions concerning the direction and equipment of vehicles, and

c) section 11 describes the measurement methods used in certain requirements.

(2) The main paragraphs 2 to 10 are groused by vehicle components and systems.

1.01.003 Subdivision

(1) The subparagraphs are divided by such components or systems in the main section in question, which have certain common characteristics.

1.01.004 Detail

(1) The number of detailed rules shall cover two types of detailed rules :

a) Numbers 001-009 shall provide detailed rules of general nature for components or systems contained in the subsection.

b) Numbers 010 and shall be responsible for specific detailed rules applicable to one or more vehicle types or applications.

It shall be noted that the detailed rules referred to in (b) may contain both the cutting and the relaxation of the general requirements referred to in (a).

1.01.005 Sharing detailed regulations

(1) The retailers are-depending on their content-broken down by numbers and / or letters.

1.02 Use of the numbering system

(1) The structure of the numbering system means that detailed rules for, for example, a component are based on the relevant compass number (see the content view).

(2) Contexts of the general nature of the component in question are given below one or more of the numbers 001-009.

(3) Requirements for a specific vehicle type or use are present under the number of the vehicle type or use of the vehicle in question (see the list of vehicle species and applications in section 1.03).

1.03 Vehicle Species and applications

010 Motordtorn vehicle

Vehicle fitted with engine as a driving force.

Engine motor vehicles are being divided into motor vehicles (car and motorcycle), moped, tractor and motor vehicle.

020 Bil

Vehicle vehicles equipped with four or more wheel or belt, waltz, meted or similar, and motor vehicle on three wheels, the headweight of which exceeds 400 kg.

021 Personnel M1

Car that is intended to be used for the carriage of no more than nine persons, including the driver.

022 Personal car M2

Car that is intended to be used for the carriage of more than nine persons, including the driver, and which has a maximum laden mass not exceeding 5,000 kilograms.

023 Personal car M3

Car that is intended to be used for the carriage of more than nine persons, including the driver, and which has a maximum permissible weight of more than 5 000 kilograms.

Including joint bus, which means a car consisting of two parts. The front and the rear end are connected through a joint section, which will allow passengers to free passage between the two parts.

024 Commodia N1

Car that is intended to be used for the carriage of goods and which has a maximum laden mass not exceeding 3,500 kilograms.

025 Lastvan N2

Car which is intended to be used for the carriage of goods and which has a maximum laden weight exceeding 3,500 kilograms but not more than 12,000 kg (12,000 lb).

026 Lastvan N3

Car that is intended to be used for the carriage of goods and which has a maximum laden weight of more than 12,000 kg.

030 Motorcycle

2-wheel motor vehicle, with or without a sidecar and a three-wheel motor vehicle whose own weight does not exceed 400 kg.

031 Two-wheel motorcycle

032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

033-wheel motorcycle

040 Knallert

Two or three-wheel vehicles with an engine of combustion engine not exceeding 50 cm ; 3 or with an electric engine and with a maximum design at maximum speed of not more than 45 km/h.

041 Large moped

Devauled with a maximum design speed of more than 30 km/h or three-wheel moped, excluding invalidity moped, with a maximum design speed of up to a maximum of 30 km/h.

042 Small moped

Devauled with a maximum design speed of not more than 30 km/h, cf. however, paragraph 041.

Small moped is divided into :

a)
Personnel moped
Two-wheel moped that is geared towards passenger transport.
b)
Item moped
Two-wheel moped that has been addressed to goods transport.
c)
Invalidemoped
The three-wheel moped, which is geared to the carriage of invalidity, leads alone.

050 Traktor

Mot-driven vehicle, which is primarily designed to extract another vehicle or a work tool designed at a speed of not more than 40 km/h.

060 Motor

Mot-driven vehicle, which is mainly designed as a work tool and designed at a speed of not more than 30 km/h and only with a significant change of constructive change, can be changed to a greater speed. The motor vehicle intended to be carried out by a walking shall be considered as a motor vehicle.

099 Motordtorn block carriage

Motor-driven vehicle whose weight, axle pressure, dimensions, or other design shall exclude the vehicle from registration and which are intended for the transport of particularly heavy or retainted goods.

100 Intrailers

Vehicle which, according to its orientation, is intended to be pulled by another vehicle. Trailers shall be divided into trailer and semi-trailer, which are mainly intended for the carriage of persons or goods, and the tool of an action.

RV trailer is a trailer for passenger or goods transport, linked to a tractor vehicle so that the vehicle or its cargo is partially resting on the vehicle.

110 Alleged / semi-trailer car to car

Including fonts, means a trailer with a rigid tractor (Triangle of Triangle) and a total axle pressure of more than 3 500 kilograms.

111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1

trailer-trailer with a maximum permissible laden weight-of a semi-trailer and trailer with rigid wooden axle mass-not more than 750 kilograms.

112 Allegtrailers / semi-trailer O2

trailer-trailer with a maximum permissible laden weight-of a semi-trailer and trailer with a rigid wooden axle total axle-over 750 kg, but not exceeding 3,500 kilograms.

113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

trailer-trailer with a maximum permissible laden weight-of a semi-trailer and trailer with a rigid wooden axle total axle-on more than 3,500 kilograms but not more than 10,000 kg.

114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

trailer-trailer with a maximum permissible laden weight-of a semi-trailer and trailer with rigid wooden axle-laden mass-of more than 10,000 kg (10) kg (10).

120 Tractor trailer trailer

121 Tractor trailer for registration of a service provider

122 Tractor trailer for unregimental tractor

130 Intractor vehicle for motor vehicle

140 Clause tool

Other trailer than trailer and semi-trailer

141 Camping

Appression tool intended for inhabitable

142 Other registration obligations for the event

143 Non-registration obligation for the event

150 trailers for motorcycles

151 trailer to motorcycle

153 Intrition vehicle for motorcycle

199 Block

The motor vehicle must be coupled to a trailer whose weight, axle pressure, dimensions or other design shall exclude the vehicle from registration and which are intended for the transport of a particularly heavy or retainable goods.

200 Vogntrains

300 Vehicles for special use

310 Vehicle-free interconnection

320 School Vehicle

330 Expilor vehicle

340 Udryvehicle

356 Sovebus

Sovebus is a passenger car M2 or M3, which is so designed that everyone or some of the passenger seats can be converted into equating grounds. Seals where the backrest may be lacerated latitude to 45 degrees, shall not be regarded as equal in the same way. As also a sleeper, passenger car M2 or M3, which is fixed with fixed equations for passengers ("hotel -bus").

360 Vehicles for the second special use

361 Invalidevehicle

362 Salvage vehicles

363 Vehicle specially designed to carry out work on the road

Snerear vehicle, grisly, sludging vehicle, road-strip vehicle, cable car, road-processing machine and similar vehicle specially designed to carry out work on the way.

364 Camping car

Car that's engraving for inhabitation.

Car with a maximum laden weight of not more than 3,500 kilograms shall be deemed to be passenger car M1.

Car with a maximum permissible laden weight of more than 3,500 kilograms shall be considered a person-car M2/M3.

371 Airfield vehicles

381 Tivolitook

400 Vehicles for special transport

410 Vehicle for the transport of dangerous goods

460 Vehicles for other specific transport

461 Vehicle for animal transport

1.04 Definitions

Axle Pressure

The pressure that is transferred to the road from the wheel of an axle.

Autopant braking power adjustment (ALB)

Regulating device which automatically regulates the braking power / brake power distribution according to the workload of the vehicle.

Bremsefading

Reduction of the braking performance of a vehicle by very hot brakes.

Bremsetransmission

The combination of parts that exists between the control device and the brake itself. If the braking power is wholly or partially derived from an energy source that is independent of the driver, but is managed by him, the power tank is considered as part of the brake transmission.

Chiptuning

For Smarttuning, changes to the factory-specified electronic engine control, including the exchange and reprogramming of the engine control or the manipulation of signals to and from the engine control are being reprogrammed.

The update of the engine manager as specified by the vehicle manufacturer shall not be regarded as chiptuning.

Decelerationstal

The relationship between the deceleration and the gravity acceleration. The decimal point (d0) decimal point (d0) can be determined as the ratio between the total braking force and total weight, for trailers of the type of casing and the semi-trailer, as the ratio between the total braking force and the total static axle pressure.

Dolly

For the purpose of dolly, a trailer with a rigid tractor, which is intended to be traction for the semi-trailer, shall be as a trailer.

Property Weight

The weight of vehicle with accessories which the vehicle normally causes. The weight of operational funds, including fuel, lubricating oil and refrigerant, and are not included in the headweight.

Actual total weight

The vehicle ' s immediate weight of operational means, loading and cargo.

Dangerous goods

The substances and articles covered by the Ministry of Justice for the carriage of dangerous goods by the Ministry of Justice.

Business management

A vehicle with a business purpose shall be understood to mean a vehicle in which the steering wheel is situated in the front-quarter of the vehicle.

Action time for braking

The amount of time that the control device is enabled for the deceleration has reached 50% of the required value.

Button Seat

For the purpose of the clap, there is a means of aid intended for occasional use and which is normally broken up. The seat seat is not included in the number of seats when the seat seat is placed on a steel area area.

Copper Length

The distance of the coupling length is the distance of the vehicle distance from the front of the vehicle to the centre line of the coupling device, and the trailer range from the rear of the trailer to the centre line of the coupling device, discarding from the point of the coupling device ; (4).

LinkTrailer

Links trailer means a semi-trailer which is intended to be traction traction for the semi-trailer.

Module-train train

In the case of modulus (MVT), the combination of lorry and one or two trailers, where each vehicle complies with the applicable maximum length, where the vehicle length exceeds 18,75 m.

Uttelast

The difference between maximum permissible weight and service weight.

Seat R point

Reference point established by the vehicle manufacturer and corresponding to the theoretical rotation point of the over-body parts of the seat, when the seat is placed in the lowest and rear normal driving or use position as specified by the manufacturer.

Grand Volume Creek

Tires of dimension 14.00 (385) R 24 or greater or a dimension 445/65 R 22.5 or greater.

Controlling Axle

As the steering wheel on the motor vehicle, axle shall be considered to be the direct link between the steering control (steering wheel) and the wheels.

Controlant transmittance mission

The steering control is the part of the steering control that exists between the control device and the steering wheel. Energy source for servo management is not considered to be part of the transmission.

Tankcontainer

Means of transport designed for repeated use and designed so that it may be lifted in full capacity and designed for liquid, air mimige, pulvermige and corned substances and have a capacity exceeding 0,45 m 3 .

Terror-car car

Car that is terrain as defined in the EC Directive 2007 /46/EC.

Allowed cargo

The difference between permissible maximum laden weight and weight.

Allowed total weight

The maximum weight of the vehicle with operational means by registration or approval shall be the driver and cargo of the vehicle.

Service Weight

The weight of vehicle with accessories which the vehicle normally entails and fully refuted with operational funds and including driver (75 kg).

In the case of a motor vehicle, the duty shall be equal to the weight given by the weight of operating funds plus 75 kilograms.

Top Rate

A motor-driven vehicle constructively determined at its maximum speed.

Totalweight

The vehicle ' s immediate weighing of operating resources, the driver and load (actual total weight) or by registration or approval authorized the maximum weight of the vehicle with operational resources, the driver and load (permissible maximum laden weight).

Weather-Friendly suspension

Air suspension or equivalent suspension, as laid down in Annex II to Directive 96 /53/EC.

2. Identification and recipes

2.01 Identification

2.01.001 General provisions

(1) The registration of the vehicle, tractor, side carriage, motorcycle, motor vehicle and block carriage shall bear the name or mark of the manufacturer and the vehicle ' s type of description and the vehicle ' s vehicle. If the description of the vehicle is entered as part of the VIN number, a further separate indication of the type designation is unnecessary.

(2) Type designation and ground number

a) must be easily accessible and clearly, and

b) shall be marked in chassis, self-supporting bodywork, frames or in the plaque that is welded in such a way as to avoid the deletion or change of numbers and letters.

(3) The form number of the 17-character (VIN-marking) must comply with the provisions of Directive 76 /114/EEC as amended by 78 /507/EEC, to motorcycles and moped, however, Directive 93 /34/EEC as amended by 1999 /25/EC.

(4) Car, motorcycle, moped, trailer, trailer, trailer, trailer, and other registration duty vehicle, and trailer on motorcycles must bear the VIN-marking of 17-character.

(5) Prohibited markings may be placed only

a) by the manufacturer,

b) by the manufacturer ' s representative,

c) by-or under the control of-a company of vision ; or

d) by-or under the control of-an insurance rate of insurance in accordance with the provisions of the Tax Exemptions.

(6) Change the mark of labelling not allowed.

(7) No vehicles may be placed on vehicles which, in their form, content or the manner in which they are placed, may be confused with the affixed marking.

2.01.040 Knallert

(1) The moped shall be fitted with the manufacturing fissure in accordance with Directive 93 /34/EEC as amended by 1999 /25/EC.

2.01.042 Small moped

(1) The plate shall contain the vehicle number of vehicle type-approval (eX XXX) or standard type-approval (DK-K-XXX).

2.02 Inscriptions for maximum laden weight, cargo, etc.

2.02.001 General provisions

(1) No vehicle shall be affixed to such markings and signs which, in their outer form, content and equipment or the manner in which they are placed, may be confused with the markings and signs that are required.

(2) The recipes must be carried out in a stable colour which clearly differs from the colour of the vehicle or the source.

2.02.022 Personnel M2

(1) The person car M2 on each side of the driving seat must be provided with a sign or sign that clearly denoted maximum laden weight, permissible load or no payload, authorised passenger numbers, broken down on the seat-and-boner, and permitted baggage weights.

(2) The markings or signs shall be carried out with a framework, letters and numbers as shown in point. 2.02,02,024 (2).

2.02.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

2.02.024 Commodia N1

(1) The van N1 must, on either side of the vehicle, on each side of the vehicle in a clearly visible place, with a printout or sign that denoted maximum permissible weight and maximum load or payload.

(2) The markings or signs must be drawn up as the example of Figure A where the dimensions specified indicate minimum eels.

BL487_4_1.jpg Size : (269 X 57)

Figure b

(3) Vehicle enrolled with multiple executions shall be provided with a sign or sign indicating the maximum permissible load and maximum laden mass for each execution.

2.02.025 Lastvan N2

(1) The Lastvan N2 follows the rules for the van N1.

(2) About car to semi-trailer in particular combination, see the combination of the vehicle combination.

2.02.200.

2.02.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Lastvan N3 follows the rules for the van N1.

(2) About car to semi-trailer in particular combination, see the combination of the vehicle combination.

2.02.200.

2.02.030 Motorcycle

(1) goods motorcycles and sidecar to two-wheel motorcycles follow the rules of the van N1.

2.02.041 Large moped

(1) For the registration of a motorcycle, the rules on motorcycles are subject to registration.

2.02.042 Small moped

(1) The product moped must be provided with a sign or sign indicating the permissible payload of the vehicle (ladder).

(2) The recipes must be drawn up as the sample in Figure b, where the dimensions specified indicate minimum eel.

BL487_4_2.jpg Size : (194 X 71)

2.02.110 Alleged / semi-trailer to car

(1) trailer to car follows the rules of the van N1.

2.02.121 Tractor trailer for registration of a service provider

(1) Tractor trailer for registration of a competent tractor following the rules of the van N1.

2.02.151 trailer to motorcycle

(1) trailer to motorbike follows the rules for trailer to car.

2,02,200 Vogntrains

(1) In the case of the carriage train on each side of the wagon train, the maximum permissible weight and the permissible load or the payload for the wagon train must be provided on each side of the carriage train. If the semi-trailer is approved for several specific cars, or the vehicle is approved for several semi-trailers, the permissible maximum laden weight and the permissible load or payload for the various vehicles must be indicated on the permissible laden weight of each type of vehicle. combinations. If such a transcript is to become too tenuous because of the number of combinations, the markings may be omitted if the information is shown in the vehicle ' s coupling certificate.

2.02.310 Vehicle-free interconnection

(1) Lastvan N2 and N3 with a cloudy semi-trailer chamber must also be provided with a sign or sign, indicating the maximum decoating load of the vehicle and with an arrow indicating the location of the centre line for the main bolt in the semi-trailer-trailer-trailer in the stool position used when the load is allowed to be disburden.

The heading or sign must be drawn up as the example of Figure (c) where the specified dimension indicates minimum size.

BL487_4_3.jpg Size : (177 X 76)

(2) The trailer and the trailer on the semi-trailer-trailer and the dolly shall bear the bearing or sign that denotes the maximum permissible load or no payload, maximum allowable bolts and maximum axle loads.

The heading or sign must be drawn up as the example of Figure D, where the dimensions specified indicate minimum eel.

BL487_4_4.jpg Size : (249 X 86)

(3) Lastvan for visual-free interconnection with tractor O3 or O4 or a trailer on chassis to such tractor shall in a clearly visible site of the vehicle bearing a writings or sign showing the maximum total weight of the trailer. The biggest V-value of the cart and the coupling length of the car.

The heading or sign must be drawn up as the sample in Figure e, if the car has road-friendly suspension of the driving axle, and Figure f, if the car does not weigh the suspension of the driving axle, if the car is not weighted. The dimensions specified on the dimensions indicate minimum sizes.

BL487_4_5.jpg Size : (193 X 173)

(4) For trailer O3 and O4 (other than dolly) and the trackside of the trailer on the trailer to the trailer,

a) The vehicle must appear on the tree of the tree or the sign indicating its coupling length.

The heading or sign must be drawn up as the example of Figure g, where the dimensions specified indicate minimum eels.

BL487_4_6.jpg Size : (193 X 64)

b) The vehicle ' s V values shall also be specified on the cart or by the trailer, in a transcript or by a sign.

The heading or sign must be drawn up as the example in Figure h, where the dimensions specified indicate minimum eels.

' V-value (mek.) ` shall be replaced by the text ' V-value (mek.) ` shall be replaced by the text ' The air-touted car `.

BL487_4_7.jpg Size : (193 X 82)

c) If the tree bar is cloudy, a unique marking, such as two resistant arrows, clearly indicates the pull-up position of the specified coupling length. The markings shall be placed on the sign or the sign or near thereto.

2.02.362 Salvage Vehicle

(1) The tow vehicle (tow truck) must be provided with markings indicating the maximum permissible weight to be affixed to the salvage device (cranked hook, transport lift), and the maximum weight of the towed vehicle. The inscribe may also indicate the permissible load in various forms of the crane.

2.03 Limit of speed limit

2.03.001 General provisions

(1) In the case of registration or approval of a vehicle, a different speed limit other than those laid down in sections 2 and 43 of the traffic law must bear a writing or board to indicate the vehicle for the vehicle in question ; thus set the speed limit.

In the case of block carriage (including motctore) and mobile crane, the provisions of the notice of special transport shall apply.

(2) The heading or board must be placed on the back of the vehicle.

(3) In writing or boards must be drawn up as shown in the following example, in which the objectives are set in millimetres :

BL487_4_8.jpg Size : (331 X 188)

3. Weight and dimensions

3.01 Weight and axle pressure, etc.

3.01.001 General provisions

(1) Allowed axle pressure, permissible load and maximum laden weight shall not exceed the guaranteed technical authorised by the vehicle manufacturer.

(2) In connection with the provisions on the axle load and maximum mass axles, if each distance is less than 1,00 m, an axle is considered to be one axle.

(3) Allowable axle mass must not exceed 10,000 kg.

(4) Vehicle fitted with smooth vallces may not exceed 10 kg per kilogram. mm of the breadth of the touch.

Where the outer diameter of the poppy is less than 0,50 m, the permissible axle must be reduced in proportion to the actual diameter and diameter of 0,50 m.

(5) For a vehicle that is wholly or partially equipped with belts, the permissible pressure on a lift shall not exceed 1,500 kilograms.

If the width of the waist is less than 0,35 m, the permissible pressure shall be reduced according to the ratio between the actual width of the belt and a width of 0,35 m.

(6) permissible maximum laden weight shall not exceed the amount of the permissible axle pressure, for semi-trailer and trailer with a main bolt or rigid wood-plated, however, the sum of the allowable axle pressure and the permissible coupling ironing.

(7) For vehicles equipped with smooth vallces, maximum laden weight shall not exceed :

15,000 kg with an addendum of 250 kg for each full 0,20 m by which the distance between the first and last axle of the vehicle exceeds 2,50 m.

(8) For a vehicle that is wholly or partially equipped with belts, maximum laden weight shall not exceed 4,000 kilograms per kilo. However, m of the distance between the front and rear loops, but not more than 16,000 kg.

3.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) In the case of maximum permissible weight, at least 20% of this shall be at the end of the governing axles.

(2) The maximum permissible weight of a maximum laden weight must not exceed 18,000 kilograms.

(3) The maximum permissible maximum laden weight must not exceed the maximum permissible weight ;

26,000 kilos. The driver ' s driving axle must have twin-mounted tyres and a road-friendly suspension, or none of the permissible axle mass of the vehicle must be greater than 9,500 kilograms.

For other motor vehicles with three axles, the permissible maximum permissible weight shall not exceed 24,000 kg (5) kg (see.). Oh, my. 3.01.023 (1).

(4) For motched vehicle with four or more axles, the maximum permissible weight shall not exceed 32,000 kilograms. The distance between the front and the rear axle of the vehicle must be 6,40 m or more. If the two front axles are at the end of the day, however, it is sufficient that the distance referred to above is 5.00 m or more.

In the case of other motor vehicles with four or more axles, the maximum permissible weight must not exceed 29.500 kilograms.

(5) Allowable driving pressure may be up to 11 500 kilograms if the driving axle is fitted with twin-mounted tyres and a suspension of road-friendly suspension.

(6) For bogie with two axles, the total allowable axle pressure may be up to :

a)
19,000 kilograms if the distance of each axle is less than 2,00 m, but at least 1,30 m and the driving axle is fitted with twin-mounted tyres ;
-
road-friendly suspension or
-
the maximum permissible axle load of each axle does not exceed 9.500 kilograms.
b)
16,000 kg if the distance of each axle is less than 2,00 m, but at least 1,00 m.
If the range of each axle distance is less than 1,30 m, the following shall also apply :
-
The driving axle must be fitted with twin-mounted tyres and road-friendly suspension ; or
-
the permissible axle mass of each axle must not exceed 8000 kilograms.
c)
1,500 kilograms if each axle distance is less than 1,00 m.

(7) For bogie with three axles, the total allowable axle mass must not exceed 24,000 kilograms.

However, the total allowable axle load must not exceed 22.00kg if one of the one of the one of the intersels is less than 1,30 metres.

(8) You are in fact. 3.01,001 (3) and above under point. (2)-(7) The provisions on the permissible axle load and maximum laden weight shall not apply to motor-driven vehicle used as a traction force for block carriage.

3.01.023 Personnel M3

(1) For arbus with three axles, the maximum permissible weight shall not exceed 28000 kg, and for arbus with four or more axles, the maximum permissible weight shall not exceed 34,000 kilograms.

3.01.030 Motorcycle

(1) In the case of service weight, at least 25% of this shall be at the forewheel / org of the wheels.

(2) For the two-wheel motorcycle as well as without a passenger car and a three-wheel passenger, must be at the service of the service of the number of 75 kg (75 kg) per unit. passenger at least 25% of that shall be at the forewheel / org at the forefront.

(3) For the two-wheel motorcycle with a van and a three-wheel cycle, at least 25% shall be at least 25% at the forewheel / orgeon/wheels.

3.01.041 Large moped

(1) For the registration of a motorcycle, the rules on motorcycles are subject to registration.

3.01.042 Small moped

(1) In the case of service weight, at least 25% of them must be at the front of the front

1) Car may only be burdened in international traffic as specified in a furtive. 3.01.020.

(2) In addition, for the trade moped, at least 25% of them must rest on the front wheel.

3.01.050 Traktor

(1) In actual fact, at least 20% of this must lie on the steering wheel.

3.01.060 Motor vehicle

(1) For engine power, the rules for tractor shall apply.

(2) The rules governing the weight of the steering wheel shall not apply to forklifts which satisfy the Order of the Work in the Estate for technical remedies.

3.01.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) You are in fact. 3.01,001 (3), (5) and (8) and point. 3.01.010 (2)-(8) permissible maximum axle load and maximum laden weight shall not apply to motor caravan.

3.01.100 Trailers

(1) For trailers with three or more axles, the maximum permissible weight shall not exceed 24,000 kg (24,000 lb). This is the same tool for car built on such chassis.

(2) For trailer for car with four or more axles, two of which are the front and with a distance of less than 1,80 m, the permissible maximum permissible weight may be up to 30,000 pounds if the trailer has the blocking-free brake. The same applies to trailers for car built on such chassis.

(3) A semi-trailer and a trailer with a head bolt or a rigid tractor charge must not exceed 24,000 kilograms.

(4) For bogie with two axles, the total allowable axle pressure must not exceed :

a)
18,000 kilograms if each axle distance is less than 1,80 metres, but at least 1,30 m.
If the total allowable axle mass is 16,000 kilograms, the permissible maximum permissible load for each axle must not exceed 9 000 kilograms.
b)
16,000 kg if the distance of each axle is less than 1,30 metres, but at least 1,00 m.
For each axle, the permissible axle load must not exceed 8,000 kilograms.
c)
11 000 kilograms if each axle distance is less than 1,00 m.

For each axle, the permissible axle load must not exceed 8,000 kilograms.

(5) For bogie with three axles, the total allowable axle pressure must not exceed :

a) 24,000 kg, however

b) 22,000 kilograms if one of the one of the one-axle distances is less than 1,30 metres, but at least 1,00 m and

c) DKK 21000 kg (1) if one of the one of the internal axle distances is less than 1,00 m. The total allowable axle pressure must be evenly distributed among the individual axles.

3.01.150 Vehicle Trailers

(1) maximum laden weight must not exceed 150 kg.

(2) The statement by the motorcycle manufacturer on the technically permissible maximum laden weight of trailers, cf. Act. 3.01,200 (2) (a) may be replaced by a declaration by the manufacturer of the coupling device.

This statement must include the motorcycle.

3.01.199 Block

(1) You are in fact. 3.01,001 (3)-(5), (7) and (8) and furtive. 3.01.100, the permissible maximum permissible load and maximum laden weight shall not apply to block carriage.

3.01.200 Vogntrains

(1) Actual total weight shall not exceed :

a) 54,000 kilograms of carts, with seven or more axles, comprised of car and registration duty vehicles.

b) 48 000 kilograms of carts, consisting of six axles, comprised of car and registration duty vehicles.

c) 44,000 kilograms for other vehicle trains.

(2) In the vehicle of the trailer, the maximum laden weight of the trailers must not exceed :

a) by the manufacturer of the tractor vehicle guaranteed, technical authorised and

b) the manufacturer of the coupling device guaranteed, technical authorised.

(3) In the vehicle where the tractor vehicle is a laden mass not exceeding 3,500 kilograms, the permissible maximum laden weight of the trailer and trailer with rigid wooden axle-load must not exceed :

a) 50% of the service weight of the tractor whose trailers are not equipped with service brake,

b) the maximum laden weight of the tractor whose trailers are equipped with a service braking ; and

c) 1.5 times the permissible maximum laden weight of the vehicle if the vehicle is off-terrain and the trailers are equipped with a service brake. The maximum permissible maximum laden mass of the trailers must not exceed 3,500 kilograms.

(4) In combination of vehicle registration duty vehicle, where the towing vehicle is a vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 3,500 kilograms, the permissible maximum laden weight of the trailer and trailer with rigid wooden caravan-do not have a full axle-load, exceed 1.5 times the maximum laden weight of the vehicle.

(5) In combination of vehicle registration duty vehicle, which is withdrawn by a vehicle with a permissible maximum laden weight exceeding 3,500 kg or a tractor, at least 20% shall be permitted to rest on the driving wheel of the tractor vehicle. The provision may be deemed to have been met for cars equipped with a bogie with a single driving axle and lift / unladen bogie axle if the operating axle pressure is at least 20% of the maximum permissible maximum laden mass of the vehicle.

(6) Bloktrustestog must satisfy the determination in point. (2).

(7) In combination of non-registered vehicle, where the towing vehicle is a vehicle with a maximum laden weight exceeding 3,500 kg, the weight of the weight-of a rigid wooden shaft-shall not exceed the range-not exceeding the tractor- the actual total weight of the vehicle unless the holding is fitted with a service brake.

(8) In the vehicle fitted with smooth valries, the maximum permissible maximum laden weight of the vehicle must not exceed 15000 kg with an addendum of 250 kg for each full 0,20 m with which the distance between the first and last axle of the vehicle exceeds 2,50 m.

(9) In combination with motorcycles and trailers, the total weight of the trailers shall not exceed 50% of the motorcycle ' s own weight.

3.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection

(1) For the vehicle used in accordance with the rules of view-free interconnection, the provisions of sections 3.01.200 shall apply to the vehicle. (2)-(4) the provisions applying, in actual fact, of total weight or actual axle loads for the trailers.

3.01.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice ' s notice on driving licences.

3.02 Height, width and length

3.02.001 General provisions

(1) A vehicle must not be more of a height than 4,00 m. The height shall be measured vertically from the level of the plane to the part to which the highest amount is highest, but disregarded ;

-WHAT? antenna,

-WHAT? pantographs or troll bombers in a suspended position.

In the case of a lifting bar, the axle axle is measured with the axle in the position that gives the highest height.

(2) A vehicle must not have greater width than 2,55 m, cf. Oh, my. (3) and (4). Bred-it shall be measured over the furthest projections of the furthest part, but disregarded ;

-WHAT? Customs sealing devices and the protection of these (foreclosure),

-WHAT? devices for the attachment of presenning and the protection of these devices (foreclosure),

-WHAT? Indicators of tyre detonation,

-WHAT? projections, bendable parts of the wheel-screen ;

-WHAT? lighting and reflexes,

-WHAT? loading load, loading lamps and similar equipment in running order of passenger car M2/M3, provided that the equipment is not less than 10 mm from the sides of the car that its forward or rear corners are rounded with a radius of not less than 5 mm and that its edges are at least 5 mm ; rounded with a radius of not less than 2,5 mm,

-WHAT? mirrors and other devices for indirect view,

-WHAT? tyre pressure meters,

-WHAT? steps that can be folded (drag) in,

-WHAT? deflected parts of dainting immediately above the ground on the road,

-WHAT? asia, and

-WHAT? infocable side-control devices on buses intended for use on controlled systems if they are not folded in.

(3) A vehicle with temperature controlled structure must have a width of up to 2,60 m.

The temperature controlled structure means a fixed or deafening structure specially designed for the carriage of goods at a controlled temperature and the thickness of the side weighing, including insulation, is at least 45 mm.

Section 3.02.200 (4) shall apply mutatis muted to vehicles with a temperature-controlled structure.

(4) Tractor and tractor trailer must have a width of up to 3,00 m if the speed limit of 2.55 m alone is caused by wheel mboding and wheeled-wheel. Such tractor or tractor trailer must be used only for journeys between the field and avlsgård, between property which has the carriage train in the joint or between a machine instance and its customers. The tractor shall also be allowed to run to and from vision.

(5) For motor vehicle, work or trailer intended for agricultural, forestry or road work, the width of both the tractor and the trailers shall be greater than 2,55 m. However, the width shall be more than 3,30 metres, provided that between the field and avlsgård are run, between properties which have the tool of the common group or between a machine instance and its customers.

(6) The length of a vehicle or combination of vehicles is measured against the parts of the furthest of the furthest or behind by the length of a vehicle, but not from the other than the other ;

-WHAT? windscreen wipers and washers,

-WHAT? mark plates (signs) front and rear,

-WHAT? Customs sealing devices and the protection of these (foreclosure),

-WHAT? the affirmation of the presentable and the protection of these (foreclosure),

-WHAT? lighting and reflexes,

-WHAT? mirrors and other devices for indirect view,

-WHAT? asia,

-WHAT? air intake,

-WHAT? longitudinal stop for a de-valor,

-WHAT? Step boards and hand grip,

-WHAT? rubber tusks and similar equipment,

-WHAT? the loading bay, loading lamps and similar equipment in running order, provided that the increase does not exceed 0,30 m and that the vehicle's unequal treatment is not increased ;

-WHAT? coupling device on a towing vehicle,

-WHAT? electric bombers for electric vehicles ; and

-WHAT? exterior sunscreen.

Vogntrains are measured in full, equivalent to driving straight out.

(7) Measurement of the distance (latitude, etc.) referred to in the field. 3.02,200 (2) (a) and (b) will be ignored ;

-WHAT? the loading area before the rear of the cab,

-WHAT? they're in the furs. (5) devices, and

-WHAT? external projections of refrigerated aggregates and other auxiliary equipment located in front of the loading area.

3.02.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) The length of the length, other than passenger car M2 and M3, must not exceed 12,00 m.

3.02.022 Personnel M2

(1) A person car M2 with two axles must not have a length exceeding 13.50 m.

(2) A passenger car M2 with more than two axles must not have a length exceeding 15.00 m.

(3) For arbus the length may be up to 18.75 m.

3.02.023 Personnel M3

(1) For passenger car M3, the rules for passenger car M2 apply.

3.02.040 Knallert

(1) A two-wheel moped must not have greater width than 1,00 m.

3.02.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) The provisions of the provisions in the case of 3.02.001 and 3.02.010 shall not apply to motctore block carriage.

3.02.110 Comtrailers / semi-trailer

(1) A semi-trailer must

a) the coupling length shall not exceed 12,00 m by measurement, however, from the point of reference in point. 3.02.001 (5), and

b) the horizontal distance (radius) between the axis of the main bolt and any point on the ' s ' semi-trailer ' s front shall not exceed 2,04 m as measurement is not taken away from any portion.

In the case of semi-trailer with two main bolts, the provisions of the anterior head bolt shall apply.

(2) For trailer, the length shall not exceed 12,00 m.

(3) The distance from the head bolt from the main bolt to the bogie ' s theoretical rotation shall not exceed 8,15 m.

In the case of a semi-trailer with one or more axles, the distance between the main bolts of the fixed axle between the fixed axle shall be the distance between the main bolts.

In the case of a semi-trailer where one or more axles are running, the opt-out must also be fulfilled with the axle / axle lifting.

In the case of a tractor trailer, the determination must be fulfilled in the composition of the vehicle.

3.02.150 P/C/Vehicle Vehicle

(1) The length shall not exceed 2,50 m.

(2) The width shall not exceed 1,00 m.

3.02.199 Blokvan

(1) The provisions of the provisions in the case of 3.02.001 shall not apply to block carriage.

3.02,200 Vogntrains

(1) The total length cannot exceed

a) 16,50 m for carriage comprising car and semi-trailer.

b) 18,75 m for other wagon trains.

(2) For the combination of tractor and one or two trailers, the length shall not exceed 22,00 m. However, the length of the length shall be more than 18.75 m if between the field and avlsgård, between property which has the carriage train in the joint or between the machines and its customers, and if the total charge does not exceed 15.65 m.

(3) For combination of tractor or motor vehicle with one tractor, the length shall not exceed 22,00 m. However, the length may only exceed 18,75 m if between the field and breeding vines, between property which has the carriage train in joint or between machines and their customers, and if a work tool is being transported which is associated with it ; the operation of the tractor.

(4) In the case of wagon trains consisting of lorry and trailer, the following applies :

a) The maximum distance measured in parallel with the longitudinal axis of the vehicle from the front of the driver of the cab to the rear of the trailer to the rear of the trailer must not exceed 16.40 m.

b) The maximum distance measured in parallel with the longitudinal axis of the vehicle from the front to the rear of the cab to the rear of the trailer to the rear of the trailer is minus the distance between the rear and the trailing of the trailer must not exceed 15,65 m. However, this does not apply to road haulage specially made for road transport.

c) The distance between the rear axle of the car and the front axle of the trailer must be less than 3,00 m.

(5) The distance between the rear edge of the tractor vehicle and the forefront of the suspension or structure of the trailer or the registration of a registration duty shall not exceed 2,00 m. In the case of non-registration duty, the distance may not exceed 4,00 m.

(6) The registration duty of a vehicle must not have a width exceeding the width of the towing car with more than 0,35 m per page.

(7) The distance between the rear axle and the anterior axle of the vehicle ' s rear axle and the axle vehicle must be at least as follows :

a) 2,50 m, however :

b) 3,00 m, if the semi-trailer has three axles, where each distance is less than 1,10 m and

c) 4,00 m for the semi-trailer or maximum laden mass of more than 44,000 kilograms.

(8) Bloktrustestog must satisfy the determination in point. (5).

3.02.310 Vehicle-free interconnection

(1) For the semi-trailer and used in accordance with the rules on vision-free interconnection, it shall apply to the furry. 3.02,200 (5) (c), in effect, the use of actual total weight.

(2) For semi-semi-semi-semi-semi-trailer or trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-axssis trailer, the coupling length must not exceed 4,50 metres. For lorry semi-trailer-trailer stool, the determination of the brazen position used when the load is allowed to be discardable.

(3) The amount of the cloaking length may be up to 6.50 m.

a) in the case of a semi-semi-semi-trailer, where the cab and stool is fitted with a crane of capacity above 25 tonnes ; and

b) in the case of semi-semi-trailer lorry, where the lorry has at least four axles and has been approved as traction force for block carriage.

3.02.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice ' s notice on driving licences.

3.02.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way

(1) Vehicle included in the emergency response (1), at the measurement of the length of the layers of the spearhead or bemowing to this purpose.

(2) A snowplow must have a width of up to 3.50 m.

4. Control-aid

4.01.001 General provisions

(1) The steering gear shall be such as to :

a) the vehicle may be managed easily, safely and rapidly ;

b) that it may withstand the effects resulting from normal operating conditions ;

c) that it is either self-righting or indifferent for all operating equipment ; and

d) the vehicle may be managed, even if a possible auxiliary steering control is failing.

(2) The service device shall be easy to operate and its direction of motion shall correspond to the intended direction of direction of the vehicle.

(3) The control house must be firmly attached to the supporting elements, and all assemblies in the steering gear must be securely secured.

(4) Parts forming part of the transmission between the steering control and the steering wheel and are not protected by fixed parts of the vehicle must be at least 0,15 m above the road.

(5) No sitrep or similar veil shall not be allowed on account of the steering device as a whole or in its individual parts.

4,01.002 ESC

(1) ESC (ESC) is a system capable of counteracting the upheaval and the encoding by means of the braking of one or more wheel (s).

4.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) The motor vehicle must be fitted with the steering device with a mechanical connection between the steering control of the steering wheel.

(2) The steering gear must not appear on the rear wheels alone.

4,01.020 Bil

(1) A mechanical connection to wheels with supplementary guidance should not be mechanical if the vehicle complies with the provisions relating to the additional management of Directive 70 /311/EEC as amended by 1999 /7/EC or ECE Regulation 79-01.

(2) The car must be able to return within a minimum distance of 12,50 m and the internal radius of 5,30 m.

Measurement of the Venezueans are ignored from the parts referred to in the furtive. 3.02.001 (2). In the case of a vehicle with a lift, the bogie axle is measured as well as the axle lifted.

(3) When a car runs tangentile in the circle referred to in point. (2) no part may move beyond the tangente with more than 0,60 m.

4.01.021 Personnel M1

(1) The person car M1 who is not in control shall be fitted with a collision-proof steering device which satisfies the constructive provisions of one of the following sets of rules :

a) ECE Regulation 12-03.

b) Directive 74 /297/EEC as amended by 91 /662/EEC.

c) US Standard FMVSS 203 and FMVSS 204.

4.01.023 Personnel M3

(1) The maximum weight of 12,000 kilograms or more must be provided with ESC by using maximum total weight of 12,000 kg or more. The provision does not apply to bus approved by the bats.

4.01.024 Commodia N1

(1) Track N1 with a maximum laden weight of not more than 2000 kg shall comply with the provisions on collision-proof steering device in point. 4.01.021 (1).

4.01.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The steering mechanism shall be such as to :

a) full control lookup at least 25 ° to each side, and

b) the driver ' s hands shall be sufficient to ensure that the driver ' s hands are sufficiently appropriate.

(2) For control,

a) the width must be more than 0,55 m,

b) the hand roof must not be stowed lower than the seat of the driver and no higher than 0,30 metres above, and

BL487_4_9.jpg Size : (220 X 147)

c) the regime must be attached directly to the fork.

4.01.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) Wheel motorcycle with a side car follows the rules of two-wheel motorcycle.

4,01,033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) Three-wheel motorcycle with a front wheel follows the rules governing two-wheeled motorcycle.

(2) Three-wheel motorcycle with two front wheels follows the rules of car.

4.01.041 Large moped

(1) For the registration of a motorcycle, the rules on motorcycles are subject to registration.

4,01.042 Small moped

(1) For control,

a) the width of the person and the product moped must be more than 0,50 m,

b) the hand roof must not be stowed lower than the sitting of the semen and no higher than 0,30 metres above, and

c) the regime must be attached directly to the fork.

4.01.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor can be fitted with steering device that works

a) on the front wheels only,

b) on the rear wheels alone, or

c) concurrently on the-and rear wheels.

(2) Tractor can be fitted with the steering device with the hydraulic transmission between the control device and the steering wheel.

(3) The tractor may be equipped with an electrical transmission device between the control device and the steering device if the system is a two-circle system.

4.01.060 Motor vehicle

(1) The engine tool follows the rules of the tractor.

4.01.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) The motor vehicle block with a maximum design speed of 30 km/h or thereunder follows the rules for tractor.

(2) Second engine-driven block car follows the rules of car. However, the motor vehicle block must not comply with the furtive. 4.01.020 (2) in the case of ventirous.

4.01.100 Trailers

(1) The trailers used by the self-governing axle must comply with the provisions on the fluctuations of the back of Directive 70 /311/EEC as amended by 1999 /7/EC or ECE Regulation 79-01.

(2) The trailer and the trailer must be fitted with steering gear if the distance between the front and the rear axle exceeds 2,58 m. The steering device must work on the front axle.

(3) The seat vehicle may be fitted with mechanical steering device on the axle / axles.

(4) A trailer can be fitted with hydraulic activated, automatic acting steering device on the axle-axles. The following provisions shall be complied with :

a) The steering mechanism shall comply with the constructive provisions of Directive 70 /311/EEC as amended by 92 /62/EEC or ECE Regulation (ECE), 79-01.

b) Red control lamp for the pressure drop in the hydraulic system shall be provided at the driving position of the tractor truck or at the front, left corner of the semi-trailer, placed in such height and with such illuminating strength that it is clearly visible in the load truck ; Left rear view mirror. The control lamp or a corresponding control lamp shall also light if not all of the valves is correctly used for locked or automatic control.

c) A system (with control lamps power must be provided. similar.) that allows the exact manual insertion of the axles to an unequal run.)

d) System for supplemental, manual management from outside is permitted if the system is only able to be operated by a person on the rear of the semi-trailer.

(e) System for supplemental, manual steering from the driver's seat is permitted for non-extracting semi-trailer-haulage and, cf. Oh, my. 4,01,310 (2). The carriage must be provided with a system which technically prevents the carriage of vehicles faster than 10 km/h when the system is set to possible manual control.

(f) Instructional instructions in Danish concerning all operating system operation and maintenance shall be provided in the semi-trailer.

g) In the presence of the semi-trailer of the semi-trailer, the text of the following text shall be provided with the following text :

" Hydraulic-driven semi-trailer. See the instruction manual for instructions. "

4.01.199 Block

(1) Truck may be provided with the steering device on one or more axles according to the rules of trailer.

4,01.200 Vogntrains

(1) Carriage train, where the towing vehicle is a car, should be able to reverse within a minimum radius of 12,50 m and the internal radius of 5,30 m, as the provisions of the provisions of the case are in point. 4.01.020 (2) shall apply mutatis mutis.

However, the provision does not apply to carriage trains with a block vehicle.

(2) The trackside of the trailer is where the semi-trailer meets the requirement in point. 3.02.110 (3) on the distance from main bolt to theoretical spin axle shall be deemed to comply with the furtive. (1).

(3) When a wagon train, where the towing vehicle is a car, tangentile is running tangentile into the circle referred to in point. (1), no one may move outside the tangenome with more than 0,60 m.

However, the provision does not apply to carriage trains with a block vehicle.

4.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection

(1) VA with mechanical or hydraulic-activated steering device on the rear axle / rear axles must be fitted with coupling device (2 ' main bolt and steering control) in accordance with Directive 70 /311/EEC as amended by 92 /62/EEC or ECE Regulations ; 79-01.

(2) The caravan with hydraulic-activated steering device on the rear axle / rear axles must be equipped with red control lamp for the pressure drop in the hydraulic system, positioned at such height and with such lightweight, it is clearly visible in the left-side mirror of the truck. The caravan must not be equipped with it in a furtive. Act. 4.01,100 (4) e) mentioned additional, manual management from the driver ' s seat.

4.01.320 School vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice ' s notice on driving licences.

4.01.330 Issue of rental vehicles

(1) Car for rentals must have the steering wheel on the left side.

5. Bremser

5.01 BremseSystems

5.01.001 General provisions

(1) The brake system must be so designed that the operation of the operation remains at a satisfactory level of safety in normal use and, in particular, by the performers, etc.,

(2) The brakes must be able to be compensated in an easy way by means of a manual or automatic adjustment device.

(3) The brake system must have such a migration reserve that the required effect can be achieved without immediate adjustment when the brakes become hot, and when the stocking has reached a certain level of wear.

(4) The brakes on tendered brakes must be in solid mechanical connection with wheels using sufficiently unbreakable parts.

5.01.002 Operation brake

(1) The operational brake must be capable of slowing and stopping the vehicle on a safe, fast and operating manner at every speed and during all load conditions.

(2) The operation of the operating system must :

a) be a step-by-step variable, and

b) have been distributed symmetrically to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.

(3) The performance of the service braking required must be able to be achieved by the first activation of the control device.

(4) For the operating braking system where the muscle power of the driver alone is not sufficient to produce the braking effect, the braking effect of the brake is :

a) The system must be equipped with an energy-keeping system sufficient for, even when the power source fails, that the vehicle may be stopped using it for the emergency braking required ;

b) The vehicle must bear an optical or acoustic alarm system giving signal when the energy inventory falls below 65% of the lower limit of normal working space.

c) The energy of the vehicle equipment must not be able to be taken from the energy supply position of the braking system when this is less than 65% of the lower threshold for normal working space.

5.01.003 Emergency brake

(1) The emergency brake must be capable of slowing and stopping the vehicle in a secure and operating manner if there is one error in the operating brake transmission.

(2) Emergency brake may be

a) a separate braking system,

b) combined with the service braking ; or

c) combined with the parking brake.

(3) The emergency brake required to be achieved by the first activation of the control device shall be possible.

(4) The emergency brake action must be a step-free variable.

5.01.004 Parking brake

(1) The parking brake must be able to keep the vehicle stationary on a stocking basis, as the effective braking components must be maintained in the brake position by mechanical means.

5.01.005 Blocking-braking

(1) The block-free brakes must meet the constructive provisions of

a) ECE Regulations 13-09 or 13H, for motorcycles, however, Regulations 78-02,

b) Directive 71 /320/EEC as amended by 98 /12/EC, or

c) for car with hydraulic brakes, US Standard FMVSS 105 or 135.

(2) The block-free brakes on car are broken down in accordance with Directive 98 /12/EC in the following categories :

a) Category 1 which meets all the requirements of the directive.

b) Category 2, which shall not comply with particular performance requirements on the way with different friction in the right and left side.

c) Category 3, which shall not comply with special stability and performance requirements, on the way with different friction in the right and left side.

5.01.006 Backbrake

(1) The rear brake is a system that automatically stops the vehicle by means of the operating or parking braking device when :

a) the vehicle is in reverse, and

b) a foelist behind the vehicle is affected.

(2) The rear brake must be such that the brake is not inadvervolted during a forward-looking journey, provided there is one error in the electrical part of the system.

5.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) The driver must be able to activate the driver ' s seat.

a) the operating brake without shifting the hands of the steering control device,

b) emergency brake with at least one hand on the steering control device, and

c) the parking brake.

5.01.020 Bil

(1) Bil shall be fitted with service brake, emergency brake and parking brake.

(2) The operating brake must work on the wheels of the car.

(3) The parking brake control must be independent of the operating brake control device.

(4) The parking brake must also be used when the car is in motion.

(5) For car approved to tow trailers whose service brake is connected to the car's service brake, the vehicle's service brake must be able to slow down the vehicle with the emergency brake required if there is a brake transmission failure between car and the trailer or the service brake of the trailer or trailer.

(6) For car approved to draw on the trailer / semi-trailer O3 or O4, the vehicle's service brake, as its emergency brake, could enable the service brake on the trailer.

(7) Car must be fitted with two-circle service brake.

(8) Car approved to draw on the trailer / semi / semi-trailer O3 or O4 with blocking free brakes must be fitted with the control lamp and connector to the trailer block-free braking in accordance with ISO 7638.

(9) The operating brake must be self-rejuicing.

(10) Slicing of the operating brake must be easy to check from the outside side or subside only by means of a tool or equipment normally supplied with the vehicle. Checks may be carried out by means of appropriate inspection, or in a different way. Alternatively, there may be an acoustic or optical control device located at the driver ' s seat, warning it when necessary to replace the coverings. Checks subject to the dismantling of wheels are only permitted on passenger car M1 and van N1.

5.01.021 Personnel M1

(1) The rear wheel brakes of passenger car M1 must not be self-adjusted.

5.01.022 Personnel M2

(1) CAR M2 must be fitted with a block-free braking of category 1.

(2) The M2 person car M2 may be fitted with a reverse brake.

5.01.023 Personnel M3

(1) The M3 person car M3 must be fitted with a block-free braking of category 1.

(2) The M3 person car M3 can be fitted with reverse brake.

5.01.024 Commodia N1

(1) Track N1 must comply with the system requirements for passenger car M1.

5.01.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 must be fitted with a block-free braking of category 1.

(2) Lastvan N2, which has been approved to draw on the trailer / semi-trailer O3 and O4 with a brake brake, must be fitted with two-leader braking approval. Maximum pressure in the feeders shall be at least 7,0 bar and no more than 8.5 bar and maximum pressure in the steering line must be at least 6.5 bar and no more than 8.5 bar.

(3) Lastvan N2 must not be fitted with device capable of slowing the trailers alone (slinging brake).

(4) The Terrent Truck N2 must not have self-adjusting brakes.

(5) Lastvan N2 may be fitted with reverse brake.

5.01.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Truck N3 must meet the system requirements for lorry N2.

(2) Lastvan N3 can be fitted with reverse brake.

5.01.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) Two-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with service braking, broken down into two independent braking systems, which at least act on each wheel.

(2) The test devices of the braking devices shall be as follows :

a) The front-wheel brake must be hand-operated with the grip on the right side of the steering wheel.

b) On a motorcycle with automatic decoupling, the rear-wheel brake can be hand-operated by the steering wheel on the left side of the steering wheel.

c) The rear wheel brake may be combined with the wheel braking.

5.01.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) The wheel-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with service braking, broken down into two independent braking systems, which at least act on each wheel on the motorcycle.

(2) The operation of the operating brake shall not be distributed symmetrically to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle.

(3) Two-wheel motorcycle with a trailer, which is also approved by trailer, must also be fitted with the brake on the wheel of the side car.

5.01.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) Three-wheel motorcycle must meet the system requirements for car.

5.01.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the rules on motorcycles.

5.01.042 Small moped

(1) A small moped must be fitted with service braking, broken down into two independent braking systems, which at least act on each wheel. None of these braking systems may be operating on tyres or rims.

5.01.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor must be fitted with service brake, emergency brake and parking brake.

(2) The operating brake must operate on at least one axle.

(3) The parking brake could be a lock device that blocks the tractor transmission system (transmissions fight).

5.01.060 Motor vehicle

(1) The engine tool must meet the system requirements for tractor.

(2) The engine vessel intended to be carried on by a walking shall be such as to ensure that it is automatically brought to the standpoint if the driver unleashing the handle.

5.01.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) Motor-driven block vehicle with a maximum allowable speed of not more than 30 km/h must meet the system requirements for tractor.

(2) Motordtorn block vehicle with maximum allowable speed of 45 km/h must satisfy the system requirements for car other than the requirements for blocking-free brakes.

(3) The motor vehicle block with a maximum allowable speed of 60 km/h must satisfy the system requirements for cars and must be fitted with a block-free braking of Category 1.

5.01.110 Alleged / semi-trailer to car

(1) On-trailer / semi-trailer to car must be fitted with service brake and braking brake.

(2) The operating brake must operate on all wheels of the vehicle.

(3) The operating brake must be such that the vehicle is automatically braking in the event of a breach of the coupling device between car and trailer / trailer. In the case of drainage braking, this may be done by an explosive wire.

(4) The operating brake on the semi-trailer must be connected to the operating vehicle ' s operating brake.

(5) Lying of the stocking of the operating brake must be easy to check the external side or subside of the vehicle only by means of tools or equipment normally supplied with the vehicle. Checks may be carried out by means of appropriate inspection, or in a different way.

5.01.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O1 shall not be fitted with braking.

(2) If the trailer / semi-trailer O1 is equipped with brakes, these must satisfy the system requirements for the braking of the trailer / semi-trailer O2.

5.01.112 Allestrung / semi-trailer O2

(1) The operating brake on trailer trailer O2 shall :

a) be connected to the winding car service brake, or

b) be a drainage braking.

(2) The determination is in a furtive. 5.01.110 (3) shall not be met for trailer O2, with one axle or two axles with a distance of less than 1,00 m if :

a) the maximum permissible laden weight does not exceed 1,500 kg ; and

b) in addition to the coupling device between car and trailer, there is also an additional mechanical connection which may have the form of a chain or wire which, in the case of the coupling, prevents the tractor of trailers, the earth and maintain a certain management of the trailers.

5.01.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) The operating brake must be connected to the winding car service brake.

(2) The trailer / semi-trailer O3 with a pressure brake must be fitted with two-leader braking approval.

(3) Applicant /semi-trailer O3 must be fitted with the blocking-free braking and the plum of the block-free braking in accordance with ISO 7638 :

(4) The operational brake must be self-rejuicing.

(5) The tram / semi-trailer O3, which is only approved in a fixed or variable combination, may be fitted with reverse brake.

5.01.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O4 must comply with the system requirements for trailers / semi-trailer O3.

(2) The tram / semi-trailer O4, which is approved only in a fixed or variable combination, may be provided with a reverse brake.

5.01.120 Tractor trailer

(1) Tractor trailer must be fitted with service brake, cf. Oh, my. (2). The operating brake

a) must work on at least one axle, and

b) must be attached to the tractor's service brake or a tractor brake.

(2) At least 50% of the actual maximum laden weight of the vehicle must be on the braking wheel. If these can be triggered solely by the braking of the wheel on the tractor vehicle, together with the braking wheels on a possible other trailer in the vehicle, the trailer trailer shall not have brakes.

5.01.130 tractor for motor vehicle

(1) trailer for the motor vehicle must satisfy the system requirements for tractor trailer.

5.01.141 Camping

(1) Camping carriage shall meet the system requirements for trailers / semi-trailer to car.

5.01.142 Other registration duty-imposed

(1) Other registration obligation for possession shall comply with the system requirements for trailers / semi-trailer.

5.01.143 Non-registration obligation for the event of an action

(1) Non-registration duty tool shall comply with the system requirements for tractor trailer.

5.01.150 trailers for motorcycles

(1) If trailers for motorcycles are fitted with a service braking, this must be a brake on the brake.

5.01.199 Block

(1) Truck must be fitted with service brake and braking brake.

(2) Bloki with a maximum allowable speed of 30 km/h must meet the tractor trailer.

(3) Bloki with a maximum allowable speed of 45 km/h must meet the system requirements for trailers / semi-trailer, with the exception of the block-free movement of the block.

(4) Bloki with a maximum allowable speed of 60 km/h must meet the system requirements for trailers / semi-trailer to car.

5.01.200 Vogntrains

(1) In the combination of two trailers, one of which is fitted with a brake on the trailer and the other is not fitted with brakes, the rear of the trailer must be in the rear of the trailer.

5.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection

(1) Car to visual-free interconnection with a maximum laden weight of a maximum of 3,500 kilograms shall be applied to the coupling device, with the approval of the automatic braking of the trailer to automatic braking. The order must not be placed on the possible part of the coupling device.

(2) The maximum permissible maximum laden weight of a maximum of 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with the driving braking device fitted with a mechanical or hydraulic transmission and equipped with the automatic braking of the device.

(3) On-trailer / semi-trailer O3 and O4 and registration obligations on chassis to such trailers shall be fitted with a braking braking device.

(4) Lastvan for visual-connection with trailer / semi / semi-trailer O3 or O4 and a trailer on chassis for such trailers shall be provided with a control lamp and connector to the trailer block of the trailer in accordance with IS0 7638.

(5) Lastvan for visual-connection with trailer / semi-trailer O3 or O4 or a trailer on chassis to such trailers shall be fitted with two-leader braking approval. Maximum pressure in the feeders shall be at least 7,0 bar and no more than 8.5 bar and maximum pressure in the steering line must be at least 6.5 bar and no more than 8.5 bar.

5.01.320 School vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice ' s notice on driving licences.

5.01.361 Invalidevehicle

(1) Vehicle-operated rebraver must not satisfy the determination of 5.01.010 (1) (a).

5.01.410 Vehicle for the transport of dangerous goods

(1) Vehicle trailer for transporting dangerous goods in the tank must be fitted with service braking attached to the service brake of the tractor car.

5.02 Bremsecomponents

5.02.001 General provisions

(1) In operational braking systems, where the tear of the brake loads does not lead to increased irrigation of the control device,

a)
be at least the minimum braking centre migration (Sb) must be at least ;
Sb = 1,2 + 0,002 d,
For self-justing brakes, however,
Sb = 0,85 (1,2 + 0,002 d) mm,
where d are the internal diameter of the braking cylincher, or
b)
the operating brake must meet the requirements of the Type II phase test in Directive 71 /320/EEC (Annex II, point. 1.4).

Other operational braking systems may at the required deceleration not more than two thirds of the possible irrigation of the steering control.

5.02.002 Hydraulic plants

(1) Hydraulic components must be close.

(2) The liquid container must be easily accessible and the fluid must be easily controlled, if necessary. by means of an alarm system.

(3) The components of a foot-service facility must be able to withstand an Apply force of 1000 N (100 kp).

(4) Car with the hydraulic brake transmission shall be provided with a red control lamp, which is glowing for a part of the brake transmission to fail. Alternatively, the control lamp may light if the level of liquid in the container is below a certain value.

5.02.003 Pressure pliers

(1) Pressure containers must have the size of the air, after eight full brakes, with at least 50% of the required impact.

(2) The compressor must have sufficient capacity to fill containers that are part of the braking system from idle state to 65% of the lower limit value for work pressure in less than 3 minutes for motor vehicles and six minutes for vehicle trains.

(3) Pressure containers must be equipped with devices which will allow no use of the condensation to be fitted without the use of tools. However, this does not apply to containers of vehicles equipped with an air drat in the print plant.

(4) Pressure clots, as well as a pressure control device, must be fitted with a suitable safety valve attached to the compressor.

(5) The required alarm system for insufficient pressure in the air tank may be replaced by or supplemented by a male ometer capable of reading from the driver ' s seat.

5.02.004 Acceleral braking

(1) The onset event must have a short-term force before the brake is applied to at least 2% of the maximum weight of the trailer.

(2) The required braking force must not exceed 10% of the total weight of the trailer.

5.02.005 Fjederbrakes

(1) Fjederbrakes must not be used in an operating braking system.

(2) While building the pressure on the braking system, the brakes on the motor vehicle must not be drawed before the pressure in the operating braking system is sufficient to ensure that the emergency braking effect of the unloaded vehicle is carried out ; may be achieved by applying the operating brake control device.

5.02.006 Labelling of ALB

(1) Car, with the exception of passenger car M1, and the trailer / semi-trailer to car that has automatic, heavy braking adjustment, must be provided with a label making it possible to check the automatic braking adjustment setting.

5.02.007 Bremsebelings

(1) Braking stocking shall be asbestos-free of the following vehicles :

-WHAT? car,

-WHAT? motorcycle,

-WHAT? large moped,

-WHAT? trailers / semi-trailer to car,

-WHAT? caravan and

-WHAT? other registration duty-liable.

5.02.008 Sampling connections

(1) Car and trailer / semi-trailer to car which has a pressure brake system and automatic, heavy brake power adjustment must in the pressure wire before and after the ALB valve is fitted with a test-approval in accordance with international law ; Standard ISO 3583-1982.

5.03 Performance

5.03.001 General provisions

(1) The requirements for a braking braking or emergency braking effect must be able to be fulfilled by braking on the smooth, horizontal road with good friction ;

a) with cold brakes at the beginning of the letter,

b) without a wheel blocking,

c) without the vehicle deviating from its course,

d) without the presence of abnormal vibrations,

(e) without exceeding the permitted activation power, and

(f) for all load ratios between service weight and maximum laden weight.

(2) The requirements for a parking braking effect must be able to be fulfilled by braking on the road with good friction ;

a) with cold brakes,

b) without exceeding the permitted activation power, and

c) by all load ratios between own weight and maximum laden weight.

5.03.020 Bil

(1) A two-circle service brake must, if an error is encountered in the operating brake, could give the car a deceleration of at least 30% of the deceleration required for the maximum laden weight.

(2) The brake forces of the operating braking must be divided up to the axles of the vehicle, so that a given deceleration number (d0) does not use a greater coefficient of coefficient (micro), not to be used for a given deceleration test (micro) than at :

µ 1.6 1.18  d0 + 0,082.

The determination must be fulfilled for d0 < 0,8 and µ < 0,8.

The determination must not be met by car with a block-free braking of category 1 or 2, or with a block-free braking of category 3 which alone appears on the rear wheel wheels and which comply with the fury. 5.01.005 (1).

The provision should not also be met for car complying with United States Standard FMVSS 135 on the blocking order.

(3) The parking brake must be able to keep the car stationary on a slope by 18% inclination.

(4) The parking brake on a vehicle approved for trailers other than a block vehicle must be able to keep the wagon train stationary on a slope by 12% inclination.

(5) The operating brake must meet the requirements of the type I fading in Directive 71 /320/EEC as amended by 98 /12/EC (Annex II, point. 1.3), or the fading sample in US standard FMVSS 135.

5.03.021 Personnel M1

(1) The operating brake must be able to give the car a deceleration of at least 5,8 m/s2.

(2) The emergency brake must be able to give the car a deceleration of at least 2,9 m/s2.

(3) The operational braking must :

a) for all load ratios between the service weight and the maximum laden weight, and

b) regardless of the friction of the road ; and

c) at all decelerations up to 8.0 m/s, 2

Do not block the rear wheels before the front wheels.

(4) The Activation force shall not exceed 500 N (50 kp) at foot control and 400 N (40 kp) for hand handling.

5.03.022 Personnel M2

(1) The operating brake must be able to give the car a deceleration at least 5.0 m/s 2 .

(2) The emergency brake must be able to give the car a deceleration of at least 2,5 m/s ; 2 .

(3) The operational function time must not be greater than 0,5 s.

(4) The Activation force shall not exceed 700 N (70 kp) at foot control and 600 N (60 kp) at hand handling.

5.03.023 Personnel M3

(1) Personal vehicle M3 must comply with the performance requirements for passenger car M2.

5.03.024 Commodia N1

(1) The operating brake must be able to give the car a deceleration of at least 5,0 m/s2.

(2) The emergency brake must be able to give the car a deceleration of at least 2,5 m/s2.

(3) Track N1, where the ratio between the permissible rear axle and rear axle pressure at the service of the vehicle does not exceed 1.5, or whose maximum permissible weight is less than 2 000 kilograms, must comply with the weight of the axle. 5.03.021 (3).

(4) The Activation force shall not exceed 700 N (70 kp) at foot control and 600 N (60 kp) at hand handling.

5.03.025 Lastvan N2

(1) The operating brake must be able to give the car a deceleration at least 5.0 m/s 2 .

(2) The emergency brake must be able to give the car a deceleration of at least 2,2 m/s 2 .

(3) The operational function time must not be greater than 0,5 s.

(4) The Activation force shall not exceed 700 N (70 kp) at foot control and 600 N (60 kp) at hand handling.

(5) Lastvan N2, which has been approved to draw on the trailer / semi-trailer O3 or O4 with a rec braking device, shall have the correlation between the deceleration rates and the pressure in the steering line, as set out in Annex II (Appendix to point. 1.1.4.2) to Directive 71 /320/EEC as amended by 75 /524/EEC.

(6) The Activation Time for pressure patchers in the car's brake system is including the connection to trailers shall comply with the requirements set out in Annex III to Directive 71 /320/EEC as amended by 79 /489/EEC.

5.03.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Truck N3 must comply with the performance requirements for lorry N2.

5.03.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The operating brake must be able to give the motorcycle a deceleration at least 5.0 m/s 2 .

(2) In the case of service weight :

a) The wheel brake only could give the motorcycle a deceleration at least 3.9 m/s 2 .

b) The rear wheel brake alone could give the motorcycle a deceleration at least 3,1 m/s 2 .

(3) The Activation force shall not exceed 400 N (40 kp) at foocontrol and 200 N (20 kp) at hand handling.

5.03.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) The motorcycle wheel with the sidecar must meet the performance requirements of two-wheel motorcycle.

5.03.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The operating brake must be able to give the motorcycle a deceleration at least 5.0 m/s2.

(2) The emergency brake must be able to give the motorcycle a deceleration of at least 2,5 m/s2.

(3) The parking brake must be able to keep the motorcycle stationary on a slope by 18% slope.

(4) The Activation force shall not exceed 400 N (40 kp) at foot service and 200 N (20 kp) for hand handling.

5.03.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the rules on motorcycles.

5.03.042 Small moped

(1) The operating brake must be capable of giving the moped a deceleration of at least 4,2 m/s2.

(2) The rear wheel brake must be capable of giving the moped a deceleration of at least 2,1 m/s2.

(3) The Activation force shall not exceed 400 N (40 kp) at foocontrol and 200 N (20 kp) at hand handling.

5.03.050 Traktor

(1) The operating brake must be able to give the tractor a deceleration at least 3,0 m/s2.

(2) The emergency brake must be able to give the tractor a deceleration of at least 1,2 m/s2.

(3) The operational function time must not be greater than 0,5 s.

(4) The parking brake must be able to keep the tractor stationary on a slope by 12% inclination.

(5) The Activation force shall not exceed 700 N (70 kp) at foot control and 600 N (60 kp) at hand handling.

5.03.060 Motor vehicle

(1) The engine vessel must comply with the performance requirements for tractor.

(2) However, the requirements shall not apply to forks which comply with the Estate &apos; s notice of technical remedies.

5.03.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) The motor vehicle block containing a maximum allowable speed of 15 km/h must meet the following requirements :

a) The operating brake must be capable of giving the block carriage a deceleration of at least 1,8 m/s2.

b) Operation time of the operating cycle shall not be greater than 1,2 s.

c) The parking brake must be able to keep the block wagon stationary on a slope by 12% inclination.

d) The activation force shall not exceed 700 N (70 kp) at foot control and 600 N (60 kp) at hand handling.

(2) Motor-driven block vehicle with a maximum allowable speed of 30 km/h must meet the performance requirements for tractor.

(3) The motor vehicle block with a maximum allowable speed of 45 km/h or 60 km/h must comply with the performance requirements for lorry N2, with the operating brake only capable of giving a deceleration of 4,4 m/s2 corresponding to a braking force of 45% of the block vehicle. total axle load.

5.03.110 Intrailers / semi-trailer

(1) The operating brake on trailer must be capable of giving a total braking force of at least 50% of the total weight of the trailer, for trailer with a rigid tractor, but 50% of the sum of the allowable axle loads. In the case of trailer with pressure brakes, this braking force shall be achieved by a maximum of 7.0 in the foam and not more than 6.5 bar in the steering line.

(2) The operating brake on the semi-trailer must be able to provide a combined braking force of at least 45% of the total axle-load of the semi-trailer. In the case of a semi-semi-trailer with pressure brakes, this braking force shall be achieved by a maximum of 7.0 in the foam and not more than 6.5 bar in the steering line.

(3) The brake power distribution for trailer, except for cart, must satisfy the provision in point. 5.03.020 (2). This does not apply, however, to trailer with the blocking-free brakes.

(4) On-trailer / semi-trailer O3 and O4 with a pressure braking device shall have the correlation between deceleration and pressure in the control line specified in Annex II (Appendix to point. 1.1.4.2) to Directive 71 /320/EEC as amended by 98 /12/EEC. For semi-trailers, the deceleration must exceed the permitted limit of more than 5 bar.

(5) The activation time of the pressure point on the trailer of the trailer must comply with the requirements of Annex III to Directive 71 /320/EEC as amended by 79 /489/EEC.

(6) The parking brake must be able to keep the vehicle stationary on a slope by 18% inclination.

(7) The activation force for the parking brake must not exceed 600 N (60 kp).

(8) The operating brake must meet the requirements of the Type I phase test in Directive 71 /320/EEC as amended by 79 /489/EEC (Annex II, point. 1.3). However, for the type III phase (Annex II, type III) of the trailer / semi-semi-trailer 1.6).

5.03.120 Tractor trailer

(1) The operational braking must be able to give a combined braking force of at least 30% of the tractor trailer, for tractor trailer with a stiff wood-rod at least 30% of the total axle pressure.

5.03.130 motor vehicle trailer

(1) trailer for the motor vehicle must comply with the performance requirements for tractor trailer.

5.03.141 Camping

(1) Camping carriage shall meet the performance requirements for trailers / semi-trailer / trailer.

5.03.142 Other registration duty-imposed

(1) The second registration obligation shall comply with the performance requirements for trailers / semi-trailer / trailer.

5.03.143 Non-registration obligation for the event

(1) Non-registration obligation shall comply with the performance requirements of tractor trailer.

5.03.150 Vehicle-trailer

(1) If trailers to a motorcycle are fitted with a service braking, it must be capable of giving a total braking force of at least 50% of the maximum weight of the trailer.

5.03.199 Block

(1) Bloki with a maximum allowable speed of 15 km/h must comply with the following provisions :

a) The operating brake must be capable of giving a combined braking force of at least 18% of the maximum weight of the block, in the case of the block semi-trailer, however, at least 18% of the total axle load.

b) The parking brake must be able to keep the block wagon stationary on a slope by 12% inclination.

c) Activation force on the parking brake must not exceed 600 N (60 kp).

(2) Bloki with a maximum allowable speed of 30 km/h must comply with the following provisions :

a) The operating brake must be capable of giving a combined braking force of at least 30% of the total weight of the block vehicle, for the block semi-trailer, however, at least 30% of the total axle load.

b) The parking brake must be able to keep the block wagon stationary on a slope by 12% inclination.

c) Activation force on the parking brake must not exceed 600 N (60 kp).

(3) Bloki, with a maximum allowable speed of 45 km/h or 60 km/h, must meet the performance requirements for trailers / semi-trailer to car, however that the operating brake must be capable of giving a braking force only of 45% of the total axle-load of the block vehicle.

5.03.200 Vogntrains

(1) The function period for vehicles in the vehicle trains shall be appropriate to the vote.

6. Electro-plant, lighting, reflexes, etc.

6.01 Electrical installations

6.01.001 General provisions

(1) The Accumulator shall be suitably fixed and thus situated or uncovered that it cannot be short-cut in the normal use of the vehicle.

The cumulation shall as far as possible be placed outside the cab. Where it is located in the cab, it shall be cut directly and ventilated directly to the free.

(2) Wiring must be veiled and thus established that there is no risk of short-circuits or fracture of the normal use of the vehicle. Where a wire is carried through the holding of leading material, the hole must be fitted with rubber traits or similar.

(3) A protective device or other equivalent protection must be provided in the electrical system so that the fire in the vehicle is compromised because of the electrical installation in the electric system. In the case of the installation of electrical equipment, the circuits must be deposited in the circuit.

(4) As a new Community type-approval and standard type-approved vehicle covered by Directive 2007 /46/EC (vehicles and trailers), shall be provided with lamps and retro-reflectors in accordance with Directive 76 /756/EEC as amended by 2008 /89/EC. This requirement applies to new types of vehicle and take effect

a) the 7th. February 2011 for passenger car M1 and item car N1 and

b) the 7th. August 2012 for other vehicles.

6.01.002 Electromagnetic compatibility

(1) Electrical / electronic equipment with EMC relevance and electrical / electronic equipment with the EMC relevance fitted to the vehicle must comply with the provisions of the Telecommunications and Electrical Equipment Order on Radio and Telecom Equipment and Electrical Electrical Equipment ; relationship, cf. Oh, my. (2)-(4). The EMC is relevant to the means that the equipment or equipment can cause electromagnetic disturbances or that its function may be affected by such disturbances.

(2) Vehicles covered by Directive 70 /156/EEC (vehicles and trailers) must comply with the EMC requirements in Directive 72/245/EEC as amended by 95 /54/EC or ECE Regulation 10-02.

Equipment fitted to such a vehicle shall :

a) be approved in accordance with Directive 72/245/EEC as amended by 95 /54/EC,

b) have been approved in accordance with ECE Regulation 10-02 or

c) comply with the provisions of the Act. (1).

(3) Vehicles covered by Directive 2002/24/EC (mopeds, motorcycles and light cars) must comply with the EMC requirements in Chapter 8 of Directive 97 /24/EC or ECE Regulation 10-02.

Equipment fitted to such a vehicle shall :

a) have been approved in accordance with Chapter 8 of Directive 97 /24/EC,

b) be approved in accordance with Directive 72/245/EEC as amended by 95 /54/EC,

c) have been approved in accordance with ECE Regulation 10-02 or

d) comply with the provisions of the Act. (1).

(4) Tractor covered by Directive 2003 /37/EC (country and forestry tractors, formerly 74 /150/EEC), must comply with the requirements of the EMC in Directive 75 /322/EEC as amended by 2000 /2/EC.

Equipment mounted on such tractor shall :

a) be approved in accordance with Directive 75 /322/EEC as amended by 2000 /2/EC,

b) be approved in accordance with Directive 72/245/EEC as amended by 95 /54/EC,

c) have been approved in accordance with ECE Regulation 10-02 or

d) comply with the provisions of the Act. (1).

6.01.003 Map range adar

(1) Short-range adar must meet the technical requirements in one of the following sets of rules :

a) EC Decision 2005 /50/EC (24 GHz short-range (s)).

This item applies only to vehicle registered, approved or taken into use before 1. July, 2013.

b) EC Decision 2004 /545/EC (79 GHz short-range-of-the-shall).

6.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) The motor vehicle must be fitted with accumulator, so that the front-side position lamp, rear position lamp (side) marker lamps and number plate lamps may be kept on fire, without the engine running.

6.01.021 Personnel M1

(1) The Accumulator may be placed in the cab without special ventilation.

6.01.024 Commodia N1

(1) Track N1 follows the rules for passenger car M1.

6.01.041 Large moped

(1) The two-wheel moped shall not be fitted with the accumulator.

6.01.042 Small moped

(1) Small moped shall not be fitted with the accumulator.

(2) Small moped must not be fitted with fuses or other equivalent protection.

6.01.050 Traktor

(1) The tractor shall be provided with electrical outlet for the trailers &apos; lamps.

6.01.060 Motorways

(1) The engine vessel intended to be carried by a walking shall not be fitted with the accumulator.

6.01.100 Trailers

(1) The lamps of trailers shall be electrically connected to the corresponding lamp contact on the towing vehicle.

6.01.310 Vehicle-free interconnection

(1) Car to visual-free interconnection with a maximum laden weight of a maximum of 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with a 12 V power supply to a towed trailer. The connection may be :

a) A 7-Polish Pole intended for 12 V (island 36 mm) and with the electrical cords connected in the following manner (ISO Standard 1724-1975) :

The figure shows the location of the dressings in the supposition

BL487_4_10.jpg Size : (121 X 140)

Pos. 1 :
The following lamps for signal on the left part of the trailer :
a rear-signor lamp ;
b) sideblink lamp
c) premise link lamp
Pos. 5 :
The following lamps for marking on the right part of trailers :
rear position lamp ;
(b) front position lamp
c) Marking lamp
d) Number plate lamp
Pos. 2 :
The rear fog lamp or the vacancy. Whose pos? 2 on the tractor vehicle is connected to anything other than fog-tail lamp, the connection must be fitted with a separate interruption.
Pos. 6.
Stop lamp
Pos. 3 :
Pos. 4 :e
Stel.
The following lamps for signal on the right part of the trailer :
a rear-signor lamp ;
b) sideblink lamp
c) front link lamp
Pos. 7 :
On the left part of the trailer, the following lamps for marking on the left part of the trailer :
rear position lamp ;
(b) front position lamp
c) Marking lamp
d) Number plate lamp

b) A 13-poly match that meets the rules in the furtive. a) and bears a bearing on the heading of the heading of the heading. 8-13 placed along the perimeter and connected corresponding to the same in the furtive. (c) specified.

c) A 13-poly stab intended for 12 V (island 30 mm) and with the electrical wires connected in the following manner (DIN forNorm V 72570), as Fav. However, 9-13 may be omitted :

The figure shows the location of the dressings in the supposition

BL487_4_11.jpg Size : (128 X 119)

Pos. 1 :
The following lamps for signal on the left part of the trailer :
a rear-signor lamp ;
b) sideblink lamp
c) premise link lamp
Pos. 6 :
Pos. 7 :
Stop lights.
On the left part of the trailer, the following lamps for marking on the left part of the trailer :
rear position lamp ;
(b) front position lamp
c) Marking lamp
d) Number plate lamp
Pos. 2 :
Fog taillight.
Pos. 8 :
Baklylamp
Pos. 3 :
Stel (pos (pos) 1-8).
Pos. 9 :
Power supply
Pos. 4 :
The following lamps for signal on the right part of the trailer :
a rear-signor lamp ;
b) sideblink lamp
c) premise link lamp
Pos. 10 :
Battery charge to the trailer
Pos. 11 : Leo.
Pos 12 : Lethee
Pos 13 : Stel (pos. 9-12).
Pos. 5 :
The following lamps for marking on the right part of trailers :
rear position lamp ;
(b) front position lamp
c) Marking lamp
d) Number plate lamp

(2) Lastvan N2 and N3 for visual-free interconnection with trailer / semi / semi-trailer O3 and O4 or a trailer on chassis for such trailers shall be provided with 24 V power supplies to a towed trailer and can also be fitted with 12 V power supply.

a) The connection must be marked with a label indicating the voltage (24 V or 12 V).

b) The 12 V power supply connection follows the rules in the furtive. (1).

c) The 24 V power supply link must be a 7-poly stab (is39 mm) and with the electrical wires connected in the following manner (ISO Standard 1185-1975) :

The figure shows the location of the dressings in the supposition

BL487_4_12.jpg Size : (121 X 150)

Pos. 1 :
Pos. 2 :
Stel.
On the left part of the trailer, the following lamps for marking on the left part of the trailer :
rear position lamp ;
(b) front position lamp
c) Marking lamp
d) Number plate lamp
Pos. 5 :
The following lamps for signal on the right part of the trailer :
a rear-signor lamp ;
b) sideblink lamp
c) premise link lamp
Pos. 3 :
The following lamps for signal on the left part of the trailer :
a rear-signor lamp ;
b) sideblink lamp
c) premise link lamp
Pos. 6 :
The following lamps for marking on the right part of trailers :
rear position lamp ;
(b) front position lamp
c) Marking lamp
d) Number plate lamp
Pos. 4 :
Stop lights.
Pos. 7 :
Leof me. Whose pos? 7 is used, the connection on the tractor vehicle must be fitted with a separate interruption.

(3) The maximum permissible maximum laden weight of 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with 12 V power plants. The connection to the power supply from the towing car shall correspond to the one in the furtive. (1).

(4) The trailer / semi-trailer O3 and O4 and the trailers of such trailers shall be equipped with 24 V power plants and may also be fitted with 12 V power plants. The connection to the power supply from the towing car must be marked indicating the voltage (24 V or 12 V).

a) At 12 V power plants, the connection shall be equivalent to that in the furtive. (1).

b) In the 24-V power plant, the connection shall be equivalent to that in the furtive. (2) (c) specified.

6.02 Lighting for lighting

6.02.001 General provisions

(1) A vehicle must be fitted with impectations or lighting authorised for lighting only.

(2) lamps in a headlamp match must be the same, including the same design, colour and intensity. They must also be symmetrical in relation to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle and in the same height above the road. The dipped-beam headlamp, dipped-beam headlamp and front fog lamp must be fitted to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle.

(3) The maximum and minimum height above the trajectable shall be measured at the service weight-excl. lead to the overhead of the light sowing, respectively, respectively.

The distance of a lamp to the outer edge of the vehicle shall be measured as the distance between this and the outer edge of the soar, insofar as the rear-view mirrors and side headlamps are disregarded. The distance between two lamps in a lamp pair shall be measured as the distance between the points in the lenses that are closest to each other.

(4) Remote-beam headlamps, dipped-beam headlamps, front fog lamps and search / or-work lamps may only be switched on when the vehicle &apos; s tendered lamps are lit.

(5) The dipped-beam headlamp, dipped-beam headlamps and side fog lamps shall be so arranged and arranged that they can be set correctly.

(6) Lighting for lighting may be so designed to be covered or disposed of when they are not used.

6.02.002 Remote-beam headlamps

(1) Remote light lamp

a) be made of white or gully (selective yellow) colour,

b) must be fitted to the front of the vehicle ;

c) it must be able to provide the road at least 100 metres in front of the vehicle ;

d) must have a minimum intensity of 10 000 cd.

(2) In the case of a vehicle with two or four main-beam headlamps, these may be possible to be switched on simultaneously or parvis.

(3) In the case of dizzling from driving beam headlamps, all main-beam headlamps must switch simultaneously.

(4) Remote-beam headlamps must be attached to a control lamp at the driver &apos; s seat.

(5) The total intensity of the dipped-beam headlamps which are concurrent may not exceed 300,000 cd.

6.02.003 Dipped-beam headlamps

(1) Dipped-beam headlamp

a) be made of white or gully (selective yellow) colour,

b) must be fitted to the front of the vehicle ;

c) the road must be able to indicate at least 30 metres of the road,

d) must be fitted to the right-wing, asymmetrical passing,

(e) shall be located not more than 0,40 m from the vehicle &apos; s outermost point,

(f) must be located at least 0,50 m and a maximum of 1,20 m above the road, and

g) must be visible at least 15 ° upwards and 10 ° downwards and at least 45 ° outwards and 10 ° inwards.

(2) The vehicle with one near-beam headlamp must, however, be visible at least 45 ° per side.

(3) The distance between these shall be at least 0,60 m in the vehicle with two dipped-beam headlamps.

(4) The dipped-beam headlamps may be attached to the same lighting as being switched on simultaneously with the main-beam headlamps.

(5) The dipped-beam headlamp must be adjusted so that the light beam / dark boundary of the beam has a minimum of 1% (10 mm per cent. m).

6.02.004 Tear-front headlamps

(1) front fog lamp

a) be made of white or gully (selective yellow) colour,

b) must be fitted to the front of the vehicle ;

c) must be aimed at the light of the illumination of the road in a non-visual weather ;

d) shall be located not more than 0,40 m from the vehicle &apos; s outermost point, and

(e) must be at least 0,25 m above the trajectable, but not above the dipped-beam headlamps.

(2) The fog lamps must be connected so that they can be switched independently of other lamps for lighting.

(3) The front fog lamp must be adjusted so that the dazzling kernel radiation has a drop of at least 1% (10 mm per cent. m).

6.02.005 Reversing lamps

(1) Baklylamp

a) the colour of white colour,

b) be placed on the back of the vehicle ;

c) the road must be able to illuse the road behind the vehicle ; and

d) must be at least 0,25 m and a maximum of 1,20 m above the road.

(2) The lamp must only be able to light when the ignition rate is complete and when either reverse is connected, or speedometric contact is complete.

Vehicle without ignition contact must be fitted with another manual force for the rear-view lamp.

6.02.006 Search / Work LIGHT

(1) Search / Work lamp must give the light of white or yellow (selective yellow) colour.

(2) The Jell-O lamp must be fitted in such a way as to be able to be moved to the vehicle.

(3) Sleep / work lamp must be capable of ignition independently of other lamps for lighting.

6.02.020 Bil

(1) Beil must be provided with

a) two main-beam headlamps and

b) two dipped-beam headlamps

(2) Car may be provided with :

a) Six main-beam headlamps to be connected so that at the same time, at the same time, four can be lit at the same time.

b) Two fog headlights.

c) One or two reverse lanterns.

d) A spotlight.

(e) One or more work lamps.

(3) The dipped-beam headlamp must not be in such a way that it shall follow the direction of the front wheels.

(4) The dipped-beam headlamp and lamp must be approved and labelled in accordance with :

a) ECE Regulation 1,

b) ECE Regulation 2,

c) ECE Regulation 5,

d) ECE Regulation 8,

(e) ECE Regulation 20,

(f) ECE Regulation 31,

g) ECE Regulation 37,

(h) ECE Regulation 98,

i) ECE Regulation 99,

j) ECE Regulation 112,

c) ECE Regulation No 123, or

I) Directive 76 /761/EEC.

However, the original-fitted dipped-beam headlamps and lamps may, however, have been carried out in accordance with US standard FMVSS 108 and marked DOT.

(5) Nubriation lamp with gas discharge lamp

a) bear with lamplashwasher ;

b) shall remain lit when the remote is turned on and

c) must be fitted with a lamp-adjustment system in accordance with the light of the lamp. Act. 6.02.021 (1). The system must work automatically.

6.02.021 Personnel M1

(1) Co-car M1 must be equipped with a lamp-lighting system for dipped-beam headlamps in accordance with Directive 76 /756/EEC, as amended by 97 /28/EC or ECE Regulation 48-01, provided that loading of the vehicle leads to a greater change than that referred to in the Directives and Regulation referred to values for the fall of the near-light.

6.02.030 Motorcycle

(1) Motorcycle must be fitted with

a) a main-beam headlamp ;

b) a dipped-beam headlamp.

(2) Motorcycle can be provided with :

a) Two main-beam headlamps.

b) Two dipped lights.

c) One or two fog headlights.

d) A spotlight.

(e) A work lamp.

(3) The dipped-beam headlamp shall not satisfy the provision in point. 6.02.003 (1) and may be made to symmetrical close-beam headlamp.

(4) On a motorcycle whose engine has an engine capacity of 100 cm 3 or less, the main-beam headlamp must have a minimum intensity of 5000 cd.

6.02.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The distance between these two-wheel motorcycles with two dipped-beam headlamps must not exceed 0,10 m.

(2) The dipped-beam headlamp may have been positioned on the side of the main-beam headlamp. The lamps must be located symmetrical to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle and the distance between the lamps shall not exceed 0,10 m.

6.02.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) In the case of two-side-wheel motorcycles fitted with two main-beam headlamps or two dipped-beam headlamps, the following applies :

a) Either lamp must be fitted on the motorcycle by the rules of this, or

b) the first lamp must be fitted to the motorcycle according to the rules and the other lamp must be fitted with the outer edge of the side as near the side of the side as possible. The dipped-beam headlamps and the dipped-beam headlamps of the motorcycle and the side carriage shall be of the same colour, but shall not comply with the provisions of the provisions of this kind. 6.02.001 (2).

6.02.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The three-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with

a) two main-beam headlamps and

b) two dipped-beam headlamps

The dipped-beam headlamp must satisfy the provision in point. 6.02.003 (1) e).

(2) Three-wheel motorcycle can be fitted with one or two rear-side lamps.

6.02.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the motorcycle rules, apart from the requirement for the main-beam headlamp.

(2) The three-wheel moped, whose width does not exceed 1,30 m, must not comply with the provisions of the provisions of the intended system. 6.02.033 (1).

6.02.042 Small moped

(1) A small moped must be fitted with a dipped-beam headlamp.

Such a dipped-beam headlamp shall not comply with the provisions of the provisions of the 6.02.003 (1) (e) and (g), 6.02.003 (2), and may be made to symmetrical passing.

(2) A small moped can be fitted with a driving beam headlamp.

Such main-beam headlamp must not comply with the provisions of point. 6.02.002 (1) c) and (d) and 6.02.002 (4).

6.02.050 Traktor

(1) The tractor shall be fitted with two dipped-beam headlamps.

Dipped-beam headlamps shall not satisfy the provision in point. 6.02.003 (3), and may be made to symmetrical passing.

(2) Tractor can be provided with :

a) Two or four main-beam headlamps. Such dipped-beam headlamps shall not comply with the provisions of the provisions of the 6.02.002 (1) d).

b) Two fog headlights.

c) One or two reverse lanterns.

d) A spotlight.

(e) One or more work lamps.

(3) On the tractor, the dipped-beam headlamps shall be situated up to 1.50 m above the road and distance between them may be less than 0,60 m.

(4) On the tractor, the main-beam headlamps, the dipped-beam headlamps and the front fog lamps may be located more than 0,40 m within the outer point of the tractor.

(5) Tractor may be fitted with a set of extra dipped-beam headlamps fitted to the distance of 2,80 metres above the road. These lamps must be adjusted in such a way that the beam-beam / dark border of a distance of 15 metres in the front of the tractor is not higher than half the distance between the crossroads of the light socket and the trajector. Such additional dipped-beam headlamps must not be possible at the same time as the dipped-beam headlamps.

(6) On the tractor, the search and / or work lamp may be switched on without the vehicle &apos; s headlamp intended for marking on.

(7) If the work equipment or projections are fitted to the tractor's intended presence of dipped-beam headlamps, the tractor must be fitted with extra dipped-beam headlamps in accordance with the rules in the case of the tractor beam. (5).

6.02.060 Motor Vehis

(1) The engine vessel follows the rules for tractor, where the location of the location of the vehicle is required if the construction of the vehicle is required. However, this does not apply to the maximum permissible level of extra-beam headlamps.

(2) The engine vessel intended for the taking of a walking shall not be fitted with lamps for illumination.

6.02.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) Motordtorn block car follows the rules of car.

6.02.100 Trailers

(1) Trailers may be provided with :

a) One or two reverse lanterns.

b) One or more work lamps.

6.02.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way

(1) On the vehicle of the spear of the spear of the spear, which partially or partially covers the general tendering lamp of the vehicle, so that the requirement for the visibility of the lamps is not met, an extra pair of high-placed dipped-beam headlamps must be placed in accordance with the following rules :

a) The lamps must be fitted in such a height that they can illuminate the trajectory from a distance of 10 m or less in front of the forward point of the vehicle (without snow plow e.l.).

b) The lamps may be positioned up to 0,60 m from the outer edge of the vehicle.

c) The lamps must be adjusted so that the light beam / dark frontier of the beam at a distance of 15 m in front of the vehicle is not higher than half the distance between the crossroads of the light sowing and the road.

d) The headlamps must not be possible at the same time as the ordinary dipped-beam headlamps.

(2) In the case of a vehicle with a spear of the spear of the rear-beam headlamp, an extra pair of dipped-beam headlamps must be fitted. Covering the gauntings of the spear-off-beam headlamps may be placed in the case of a single pair of extra-beam headlamps. Vehicle spearing equipment can thus be fitted with up to six main-beam headlamps.

a) The electrical connections of lamps must be such that there can be no more than four main-beam headlamps on at the same time.

b) Incidentally, the lamps must follow the rules of the main-beam headlamps in a furtive. 6.02.002.

(3) Proposal for the spearhead of the spearls of the spear to be provided with the intended use. (1) and (2) the dipped-beam headlamp and main-beam headlamps (Helpy).

6.03 Lights to be marked

6.03.001 General provisions

(1) A vehicle must be fitted with impected or permissible lamps for marking.

(2) lamps in a headlamp match must be the same, including the same color and intensity. They shall be located symmetrical to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle and at the same height above the road.

(3) Single position lamp and rear position lamp must be fitted to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle. The location of the lights is measured as described in point. 6.02.001 (3).

(4) Lights to mark must switch on at the same time and must not be able to be extinguished when the lighting lighting of the vehicle is on.

(5) Red light must not be directly visible from the front, and the white light must not be directly visible from the rear. However, this provision shall not apply to license plate lamps.

6.03.002 Position lamps

(1) Front position lamp :

a) Must make a white colour light. However, if a front position lamp is built in a dipped-beam or dipped-beam headlamp, which emits a gold (selective yellow) colour, then the position lamp may have this color.

b) Must be positioned in front of the vehicle.

c) Must be forward and be clearly visible at least 300 m in front of the vehicle.

d) Must have a intensity of light between 4 CD-ROM and 60 CD measured from the front. The minimum intensity of light shall be deemed to have been met if the lamp has a 4 W power consumption and is installed in front of a parabol.

(e) Should be a maximum of 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle. The distance between these shall be at least 0,60 m in the vehicle with two impective position lamps.

(f) Should be at least 0,35 m and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road. However, where the shape of the bodywork is required, the front position lamp may be positioned at a height of up to 2,10 m above the roadway.

g) Must be visible at least 45 ° inwards and 80 ° outwards and at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be 5 ° if the light height above the weight of the road is less than 0,75 m.

(2) The vehicle with one position lamp must be visible at least 80 ° to each page.

6.03.003 Rear lamps

(1) Bagged lamp :

a) Must make light of red color.

b) Must be mounted on the back of the vehicle.

c) Must be corrected and must be clearly visible at least 300 m behind the vehicle.

d) Must have a intensity of light between 4 CD-ROM and 12 cd measured from the back.

(e) Should be at least 0,35 m and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road. However, if the shape of the bodywork is required, rear position may be placed at a height of up to 2,10 m above the roadway.

(f) Must be visible at least 45 ° inwards and 80 ° outwards and at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be 5 ° if the light height above the weight of the road is less than 0,75 m.

g) Should be a maximum of 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle. The distance between the lamp in a headlamp must be at least 0,40 m.

(2) The vehicle with one rear lamp must be visible at least 80 ° to each side.

(3) Fried taillight must not be able to be covered by rear doors, rear-sped or similar by more than 50% from the rear. Where the rear lamp is to be covered by more than 50%, the vehicle must be marked with affixed lamp and in the cab of a visibly place, a sign with the text opening doors, rear claps and other road users must be warned ; with a yellow aftalight lamp.

(4) Non-imposed taillight shall not comply with the conditions of positioning and visibility angles.

6.03.004 Marker lamps

(1) Frequent marker lamp must be made of white colour and the rear marker lamp must be made of red.

(2) Marking lamp :

a) Should be given the illuminating intensity of the front position lamp as specified in the front lamp.

b) Must be stowed so close to the outer edge of the vehicle as possible. The determination shall be deemed to be fulfilled if the lamp is located not more than 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle.

c) THE TRAINAY, AND THE TRAINAINAL, THE PLY, AND TRAINAY, AND TRAINAY, AND TRAINA, THE RIDTH OF THE REQUIDES OF THE LOCAL

d) Must be visible at least 80 ° outwards and at least 5 ° above and 20 ° below the horizontal.

(3) Non-mandatory marker lamp

a) may, if it is forward-driven, of yellow colour,

b) shall not comply with the conditions of positioning and visibility angles ;

c) must be located symmetrical to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle.

6.03.005 Tear fog lamps

(1) fog rear lamp

a) shall make the red colour light,

b) be placed on the rear of the vehicle and be lashed behind ;

c) must have a intensity of light between 150 cd and 300 cd measured equally from the rear ;

d) must be at least 0,25 m and at most 1,00 m above the road and

(e) must be at least 0,10 m from the lamps.

(2) If there is only one fog lamp, then this must be situated in the middle or to the left of the left.

(3) The rear fog lamp must be capable of ignition only when the dipped-beam, dipped-beam headlamp or fog lamps or a combination of these are on. The rear fog lamp must be able to be extinguished independently of those lamps.

When the rear fog lamp is turned on, the switch to the dipped-beam / remote light switch must not be switched off. The rear fog lamp may continue to be switched on with the front position lamps until such time as the fog rear fog is switched off until its control switch is activated.

(4) The driver &apos; s place shall be stowed for the rear fog lamp.

6.03.006 Numbering lamps

(1) Numberplate lamp

a) the colour of white colour, and

b) the rear registration plate must be illuveable in such a way that this is legible at least 20 metres behind the vehicle.

6.03.007 Parking LIGHT

(1) The Frequent Parking lamp must give the light of white colour and the rear parking lamps must be made of red colour.

Parking lamp built in side-side lamp must be made of yellow colour.

(2) THE PARKING LAMP must be positioned in such a way that there are two lamps in front and two lamps at the back or a lamp on each side of the vehicle.

(3) The parking lamps must be on at the same time or on the one side of the vehicle. Numberspace lamps can be turned on with a parking lamps.

(4) Parking lamp :

a) Should have a intensity of light between 2 CD-ROM and 60 CD measured from the front and between 2 cd and 30 cd measured from the back.

b) Should be a maximum of 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle.

c) Should be at least 0,35 m and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road. Where the shape of the bodywork is required, the parking lamp may be positioned at a height of up to 2,10 m above the roadway.

d) Must be visible from the front / from rear to 45 ° outwards and 15 ° above and below the horizontal. The angle below the horizontal may be 5 ° if the height of the light above the trajectable is less than 0,75 m.

6.03.008 Paggator lamps

(1) Side marker lamp :

a) Must make yellow yellow. However, the rear side marker lamp may be made of red colours.

b) Must be fixed to the side and must be clearly visible at least 300 metres without blinding.

c) Should be at least 0,25 m and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road. However, if the shape of the bodywork is required, the side-marker lamp may be positioned at a height of up to 2,10 m above the road.

d) Must be visible at least 45 ° to each page and at least 10 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5 ° if the height of the side margin above the weight of the trajectable is less than 0,75 m.

(e) Must have light strength as required for positioning or positioning.

(f) In the vehicle &apos; s longitudinal code,

-WHAT? on each side at least one side marker lamp is on the median central third of the vehicle ;

-WHAT? the anterior side marker lamp is not more than 3,00 m from the front point of the vehicle, but 4,00 m if the form of the vehicle is required,

-WHAT? however, the distance between two successive side marker lamps is not greater than 3,00 m, but 4,00 m if the form of the bodywork is required and

-WHAT? the rear side marker lamp is not more than 1,00 m from the rear position of the vehicle.

In the event of trailers, the coupling device shall be included in the vehicle length.

(2) non-imposed side-marker lamps shall not comply with the provisions of the provisions of the intended system. (1) (c), d) and (f).

6.03.009 Special lamps for marker

(1) Promotion and destination plate

a) shall give the light of white or yellow colour (non-blinking),

b) must have a maximum intensity of 60 cd and

c) must not be lagging behind.

6.03.021 Personnel M1

(1) CAR M1 must be provided with

a) two front position lamps,

b) two rear position lamps,

c) one or more number plate lamps,

d) two forward-looking and two tailor-side marker lamps if the width of the vehicle exceeds 2,10 m ; and

(e) side-side marker lamps if the length of the vehicle exceeds 6,00 m.

(2) Cmone M1 can be provided with :

a) Four taillights.

b) One or two fog taillights.

c) Parking lamps if the width of the vehicle does not exceed 2,00 m, and its length does not exceed 6,00 m.

d) At least two forward-looking and rear marker lamps if the width of the vehicle is at least 1,80 m.

(e) Side-marker lamps.

(f) Tagreeon sign.

6.03.022 Personnel M2

(1) The person car M2 whose total weight does not exceed 3,500 kg, follows the rules for passenger car M1.

(2) A person car M2 whose total weight exceeds 3,500 kilograms, follows the rules for passenger car M3.

6.03.023 Personnel M3

(1) The M3 person car M3 must be fitted with

a) two front position lamps,

b) two rear position lamps,

c) one or more number plate lamps,

d) two forward-looking and two tailor-side marker lamps if the width of the vehicle exceeds 2,10 m ; and

(e) side-side marker lamps if the length of the vehicle exceeds 6,00 m.

(2) The M3 person car M3 can be fitted with :

a) Four or six taillights.

b) One or two fog taillights.

c) Parking lamps if the length of the vehicle does not exceed 6,00 m, and its width does not exceed 2,00 m.

d) At least two forward-looking and rear-side marker lamps.

(e) Side-marker lamps.

(3) Co-car M3 can be provided with advertisements or destinations on the windscreen.

(4) Person car M3 approved for regular services may be provided with :

a) Destination and route number sign in front and on the side, giving light of white, yellow or green color.

b) Rubber plate rear, giving light of white or yellow colour.

c) Two forward-looking headlamps giving light of green colour.

6.03.024 Commodia N1

(1) Track N1 follows the rules for passenger car M1.

6.03.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Lastvan N2 follows the rules for passenger car M3.

However, the marker lamps may be positioned at the front corners of the roof of the cab.

6.03.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Truck N3 follows the rules for lorry N2.

6.03.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) Two-wheel motorcycles must be fitted with

a) one or two front position lamps,

b) one or two taillights ; and

c) one or more number plate lamps.

(2) The two-wheel motorcycle could be fitted with :

a) One or two fog taillights.

b) Side-marker lamps.

(3) The front and rear position of the front of the vehicle must not comply with the maximum distance between the outer edge of the vehicle and, at least from the distance between the lamps in a headlamp pair.

6.03.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) The side-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with

a) two front position lamps, one of which shall be situated near the outer edge of the side as possible,

b) two rear position lamps, one of which shall be stowed so close to the outer edge of the side as possible, and

c) one or more number plate lamps.

(2) Two-wheel motorcycle with a side wagon can be provided with :

a) One or two fog taillights.

b) Side-marker lamps.

6.03.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The three-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with

a) two front position lamps,

b) two rear position lamps ; and

c) one or more number plate lamps.

(2) Three-wheel motorcycle can be provided with :

a) One or two fog rear lamps,

b) PARKING LAMP

c) Side-marker lamps.

6.03.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the motorcycle rules, with the exception of the licence plate requirement.

(2) However, the two-wheel moped shall not be fitted with a position lamp.

6.03.042 Small moped

(1) A small moped must be fitted with a rear-lamp, invalidity moped, however, two. Bagged rear position must be at least 30 ° each side and at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal and shall be at least 0,35 m and not more than 0,90 m above the trajectable.

(2) A small moped can be fitted with a front position lamp. The lamp must be at least 0,35 m and a maximum of 1,20 m above the road.

6.03.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor shall be provided with

a) two front position lamps,

b) two taillamps which may be stowed up to 0,60 m from the outer edge of the vehicle ; and

c) one or more number plate lamps, if the tractor is registered.

(2) Tractor can be provided with :

a) Four taillights.

b) One or two fog taillights.

c) At least two forward-looking and rear marker lamps if the width of the vehicle is at least 1,80 m.

d) Parking lights.

(e) Side-marker lamps.

(3) Front position lamp :

a) Should not be placed on the front of the vehicle,

b) Could be positioned to 0,60 m from the outer edge of the vehicle,

c) Can be stowed up to 1.90 m above the road,

d) Must be visible at least 10 ° indad. However, the angle may be 5 ° (for tractor, whose width does not exceed 1,40 metres at 3 °) if the structure of the tractor does not make it possible to comply with 10 °.

(e) Must be visible at least 10 ° below the horizontal, if the height of the light above the trajectable is 1,90 m. However, the angle may be 5 ° if the height of the light above the weight of the road is less than 0,75 m.

(4) Workgear and projections, e.g. twin fat, shall be marked with a forwarding period marked with a forward-line and rear marker lamp on the side or on the sides where the work tool and so on more than 0,15 m from the side of the tractor shall be marked. The lamps must indicate the width of the work tool and so on and may be located on the tractor.

(5) If the working equipment or projections of the tractor bear the tractor's required lamps, the working equipment or projections must be fitted with equivalent lamps, if appropriate, on a headlamp.

6.03.60 Motor Vehis

(1) The engine vessel follows the rules for tractor, however, where the construction of the vehicle is required to be deviated.

(2) The registration of the vehicle must also be fitted with side-marker lamps if the length of the vehicle exceeds 6,00 m.

(3) Motor vehicle intended for the taking of a walking shall be fitted only with lamps to mark in the onset period of light and shall only lead ;

a) a lamp emitting the colour of white or yellow (selective yellow) in front of the left side, and

b) rear position to the left side.

The headlamps must be clearly visible at least 300 metres away.

6.03.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) Motordtorn block wagon follows the rules for truck N2.

6.03.100 Trailers

(1) Front position lamp :

a) Must be placed before the front axle of the vehicle.

b) Must be stowed so close to the outer edge of the vehicle as possible and not more than 0,15 m from there.

c) Must be visible at least 5 ° inwards.

d) Could be stowed up to 2,10 m above the trajectable.

6.03.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1

(1) On-trailer / semi-trailer O1 must be provided with

a) two front position lamps if the width of the vehicle exceeds 1,60 m ;

b) two rear position lamps,

c) one or more number plate lamps,

d) two forward-looking and two tailor-side marker lamps if the width of the vehicle exceeds 2,10 m ; and

(e) side-side marker lamps if the length of the vehicle exceeds 6,00 m.

(2) The trailers / semi-trailer O1 can be provided with :

a) Four taillights.

b) Two front positions.

c) At least two forward-looking and rear marker lamps if the width of the vehicle is at least 1,80 m.

d) Side-marker lamps.

(e) One or two fog taillights.

6.03.112 Allestrung / semi-trailer O2

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O2 follows the rules for the trailers / semi-trailer O1.

6.03.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) On-trailer / semi-trailer O3 must be provided with

a) two front position lamps,

b) two rear position lamps,

c) one or more number plate lamps,

d) two forward-looking and two tailor-side marker lamps if the width of the vehicle exceeds 2,10 m ; and

(e) side-side marker lamps if the length of the vehicle exceeds 6,00 m.

(2) The trailers / semi-trailer O3 can be provided with :

a) Four or six taillights.

b) At least two forward-looking and rear-side marker lamps.

c) Side-marker lamps.

d) One or two fog taillights.

6.03.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O4 follows the rules for trailers / semi-trailer O3.

6.03.120 Tractor trailer

(1) Tractor trailer must be fitted with

a) two front position lamps if the width of the vehicle exceeds 1,60 m.

b) two rear position lamps

c) two rear marker lamps if the width of the vehicle exceeds 2,10 m.

d) one or more number plate lamps, where the vehicle is registered,

(e) side-side marker lamps if the length of the vehicle exceeds 6,00 m.

(2) Tractor trailer can be fitted with lamps for marking by the rules of tractor / semi-trailer O1.

6.03.130 motor vehicle trailer

(1) trailer to the motor vehicle follows the rules for tractor trailer.

6.03.141 Camping

(1) Camping follows the rules for the trailer / semi-trailer O1.

6.03.142 Other registration duty-imposed

(1) Other registration subject to the event shall follow the rules for the trailer / semi-trailer O1.

6.03.143 Non-registration obligation for the event

(1) Non-registration obligations shall follow the rules for tractor trailer.

6.03.150 TGV to motorcycles

(1) Trailers to motorcycles follow the rules of trailers / semi-trailer O1.

6.03.199 Block

(1) Car laden mass not exceeding 3,500 kilograms follows the rules for the trailer / semi-trailer O1.

(2) Maximum weight laden weight of more than 3 500 kilograms follows the rules for the trailer / semi-trailer O3.

6.03.363 Vehicle specially designed to carry out work on the way

(1) On the vehicle of the spear-spear aggregator, which, in accordance with the case, is carried out. In the case of 6.02.363 (1) or (3), fitted with extra dipped-beam headlamps may be fitted with an additional pair of front position lamps which may be situated up to the same height as the above dipped-beam headlamps and 0,60 m from the outer edge of the vehicle.

(2) In the case of a rear-mounted gravel or saline, at least a pair of rear taillights must be visible from the rear.

6.04 Lights for signalling

6.04.001 General provisions

(1) A vehicle must be provided with the signalling or authorised signalling devices only.

(2) lamps in a headlamp match must be the same, including the same color and intensity. They shall be located symmetrical to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle and at the same height above the road.

Single point lamp must be fitted to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle.

(3) The location of the Lygators is measured as described in point. 6.02.001 (3).

6.04.002 Direction indicator lamps (front link lamps, rear direction indicator lamps and lateral indicator lamps)

(1) Direction-indicator lamp :

a) Must make yellow yellow.

b) Must be clearly visible in sunlight.

c) Must operate independently of other lamps.

d) Should be attached to the control device provided that the lamp is not visible directly by the driver.

-WHAT? The recording device must give the light and / or sound signal.

-WHAT? Audio signal shall be flashing, and in the event of a flashing indicator lamps it shall be extinguished, light constant or altering the frequency of the frequency.

-WHAT? Sound signals must be heard clearly and, in the case of flashing lamps, the frequency of the frequency must be substantially changed.

-WHAT? However, the recording device shall not indicate any error in the event of supplementary, non-endorsing lamps, side-side lamps, or rear-indicator lamps on trailers by passenger car M1 or item car N1.

(e) Should be a maximum of 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle. The distance between the rear indicator lamps or the rear of the vehicle must be at least 0,60 m.

(f) Should be at least 0,35 m-sideblink lamps at least 0,40 m-and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road. Where the shape of the bodywork is required, the rear-indicator lamps may be positioned at a height of up to 2,10 m and side-side lamps at a height of up to 2,30 m above the roadside.

g) Must be visible at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be 5 ° if the light height above the weight of the road is less than 0,75 m. The page deblinks lamp which has been planted less than 0,75 m above the road shall not be visible below the horizontal. The rear and rear indicator lamp must be at least 80 ° outwards and 45 ° inwards, and lateral link lamp between 5 ° and 60 ° behind.

(2) The front indicator lamp must be situated in such a distance from the dipped-beam headlamp and the front fog lamp or to have such illuminate intensity that the lamp is visible when the dipped-beam headlamp and the fog lamp are on.

(3) The front lamp and side-side lamps may be grouped in so far as the requirements for each of the lamps are met.

(4) Direction-indicator lamps on the same page must be lit simultaneously. If a vehicle on each side is fitted with two front link lamps, two side link lamps or two or three rear indicator lamps and are placed above each other, they may blink simultaneously or alternating (alternating blinking lamps).

(5) The vertical distance between the indicator lamps that twinkle alternating (alternating) must be at least 0,20 m.

(6) The distance from the side band of side-link lamp to the front of the vehicle must not exceed 1,80 m. However, this distance may be increased to 2.50 m if necessary for the purpose of the provision for visibility into the furtive. 6.04.002 (1) g).

(7) The link frequency must be between 60 and 120 links per. Minute. Light and dark times must be clearly separated.

(8) Supplementary non-mandatory direction indicator lamp shall not comply with the provisions of distance from the outer edge of the vehicle, height above the road, visibility angles and distance from side-side lateral angles to the front of the vehicle.

6.04.003 Stlights

(1) Stinformed :

a) Must make light of red color.

b) Must be mounted on the rear of the vehicle and shall be lagging behind.

c) Should be lit immediately when the service braking is activated. Stoplights may also be activated by means of a legal or equivalent device.

d) Must have a light intensity of between 40 cd and 100 cd measured from the back. The intensity of light must be significantly greater than the illuminating intensity of the rear lighting lamps. This provision shall be deemed to have been met if the power of the noise is at least 3.5 times of impact consumption, or both stop and rear-taillight products have been approved and labelled in accordance with ECE Regulation 7 or Directive 76 /758/EEC.

(e) Should be at least 0,35 m and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road. However, if the shape of the bodywork is required, the size of the body may be placed at a height of up to 2,10 m above the road.

(f) In such a way, the distance between the lamps in a lamppost shall be at least 0,60 m. However, this distance may be reduced to 0,40 m for a vehicle whose width is less than 1,30 m.

g) Must be visible at least 45 ° inwards and outwards and at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be 5 ° if the light height above the weight of the road is less than 0,75 m.

(2) Third-lamp :

a) Don't be built into any other light.

b) May be located inside or outside the vehicle. Where the lamp is situated in the vehicle, the light from the driver shall not be agrating through the rear view mirrors and / or any of the surfaces of the vehicle, e.g. the rear window.

c) Must have a light intensity of between 25 cd and 80 cd measured from the back. This provision may be deemed to have been met if the lamp has been approved and labelled in accordance with ECE Regulation 7 or Directive 76 /758/EEC.

d) Should be arranged so that the underlining of the light sowing is less than 0,15 m below the visible surface of the rear space or at least 0,85 m above the roadside. However, the underedge of the light sowing must be above the overhead of the light-edges of the other lamps.

(e) must be situated in the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle so that, if the lamp cannot be affixed to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle, it may instead be fitted on the moving body parts (doors and similar bodies). two lamps as close to the midterm as possible or a stillumination of a maximum of 0,15 m to the right or left of the centre of the centre of the centre of the centre of the centre of the lamp centre of the centre of the lamp.

(f) Must be visible at least 10o to the right and left of the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and the 10o above and 5o below the horizontal.

6.04.004 Havariwwinks

(1) Havarwinks :

a) In the case of colour, placement, visibility and indicator frequency, comply with the instructions for direction indicator lamps.

b) Must be attached to the simultaneous application of all the direction indicator lamps at the same time.

c) Must be enabled by a separate control contact and may be connected to a device for automatic activation by heavy deceleration of the vehicle (collision or the like).

d) Should be able to function without the ignition of the ignition of the vehicle, or the engine is running.

(e) Must be connected to a flashing blinking lamp, which may be the control lamp for the direction indicator lamps.

6.04.005 Ditailing lamps

(1) Labelling lamp :

a) Need to make a yellow light.

b) Must be visible from all pages and at least 5 ° below the horizontal. This provision shall be deemed to have been met if a vehicle is fitted with several mark-off lamps which together can be viewed from all sides. These lamps must be connected to the same service contact.

c) Must provide 60-240 blinks per Minute.

d) Must fulfil one of the following requirements :

-WHAT? be approved by the Ministry of Justice (previous approval system),

-WHAT? have been approved and labelled in accordance with ECE Regulation 65,

-WHAT? be approved by the Vägverket, Sweden (

BL487_4_13.jpg Size : (13 X 12)

Org Mark),

-WHAT? have been approved by the Force Fahrt Bundeand, Germany (

BL487_4_14.jpg Size : (34 X 8)

K-Mark, or

-WHAT? comply with the constructive provisions of US standard SAE J 595 of August 1983, J 845 of January 1984 or J. 1318 of April 1986, and be marked as clearly and tenable with SAE.

6.04.006 Urinsing lamps

(1) Extract lamp :

a) Must make a blue light.

b) Must be visible from all pages and at least 5 ° below the horizontal. This provision shall be deemed to have been met if a vehicle is fitted with several means of reshing lamps which may be visible together from all sides. These lamps must be connected to the same service contact.

c) Must provide 60-240 blinks per Minute.

d) Must fulfil one of the following requirements :

-WHAT? be approved by the Ministry of Justice (previous approval system)-have been approved and labelled in accordance with ECE Regulation 65,

-WHAT? be approved by the Vägverket, Sweden (

BL487_4_13.jpg Size : (13 X 12)

Bl-tag),

-WHAT? have been approved by the Force Fahrt Bundeand, Germany (

BL487_4_14.jpg Size : (34 X 8)

the K-brand, or

-WHAT? comply with the constructive provisions of US standard SAE J 595 of August 1983, J 845 of January 1984 or J. 1318 of April 1986, and be marked as clearly and tenable with SAE.

6.04.007 Overhaling Signal

(1) The dipped-beam headlamps or the dipped-beam headlamps may be switched on by enabling a spring of contact to be switched on. The vehicle &apos; s other lamps shall not be switched on by the operation of the contact.

6.04.020 Bil

(1) Beil must be provided with

a) a link lamp, a side link lamp and a rear direction lamp on each side,

b) two lamps, cf. Oh, my. 6.04.021, and

c) Marine wink.

(2) Car may be provided with :

a) Three or four stlights, cf. Oh, my. 6.04.021.

On a car with three stlights, the third stung must comply with the fury. 6.04.003 (2).

b) Labelling lamp (s).

c) Overlapping signal.

6.04.021 Personnel M1

(1) Cl-car M1 must be provided with three molamps.

6.04.022 Personnel M2

(1) Personnel M2 can be provided with :

a) Two front link lamps on each side.

b) Two side-side lights on each side.

c) Two or three rear direction indicator lamps on each side.

6.04.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

(2) Wiring must be fitted with a side-side link on each side, immediately behind the joint section.

6.04.025 Lastvan N2

(1) The Lastvan N2 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

6.04.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Lastvan N3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

6.04,031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The two-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with a stop lamp for the activation of the front wheel brake as an rear wheel brake.

(2) The two-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with a front link lamp and a rear direction lamp on each side.

For these blinking lamps,

a) the distance between the front link lamps must be at least 0,24 m,

b) the distance between the rear-indicator lamps must be at least 0,18 m,

c) the rear indicator lamps must not be placed more than 0,40 m in front of the rear of the motorcycle-lens, and

d) the flashing lights must be at least 20 ° inwards.

(3) The two-wheel motorcycle could be fitted with :

a) Two moistlights.

b) Sea wink.

c) Overlapping signal.

6.04,032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) The motorcycle wheel with the sidecar follows the rules of two-wheel motorcycle, with the headlamps on the right side of the vehicle as near the outer edge of the side as near as possible.

6.04.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The three-wheel motorcycle shall bear :

a) link lamps and rear-indicator lamps in accordance with the rules of the car ; and

b) Enlighties in accordance with the rules of car.

(2) Three-wheel motorcycle can be provided with :

a) Side link lamps by car rules.

b) Sea wink.

c) Overlapping signal.

(3) The distance between the front or the rear of the motorcycle must be at least 0,50 m.

6.04.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the rules on motorcycles.

(2) The two-wheel moped and three-wheel moped without a driver &apos; s house shall not be fitted with direction indicator lamps.

6.04.042 Small moped

(1) A small moped can be provided with :

a) A link lamp and rear indicator lamp on each side according to the rules of a two-wheel motorcycle, however the distance between the front link lamps must be at least 0,22 m and between the rear-indicator lamps at least 0,14 m. The link lamps must not be more than 0,90 m above the road.

The recording device shall not indicate failure to blink lamps.

b) However, a stout lamp according to the rules of two-wheel motorcycle, since it must not, however, be more than 0,90 m above the road. The lamp must not be lit by enabling the front tyre brake.

(2) If the invalidity moped is equipped with a stop sign, two lamps shall be provided.

6.04.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor shall bear one of the following directional indicator systems :

a) A link lamp, a side link lamp and rear-signor lamp in each side according to the rules of car.

b) A link lamp, a side-side link lamp and a rear direction lamp on each side. The rear and rear indicator lamps must be visible at least 10 ° inwards and shall not be located behind the rear of the rear or the leading edge of the rear view or the driver &apos; s front yard.

c) A link lamp and rear-signor lamp situated at the forefront of the rear or rear-side or the rear of the driver &apos; s front yard or rear position. The headlamps must be at least 10 ° inwards.

d) A collured and rear indicator lamp on each side placed on the rear monitor or the driver &apos; s rear view. The headlamps must be visible at least 5 ° inwards as well as back up.

(2) Tractor must be fitted with a port warning signal.

(3) The taxable tractor shall be fitted with two lamps.

(4) Tractor can be provided with :

a) Two front link lamps on each side.

b) Two rear-direction lanterns on each side.

c) Stlights by the rules of car.

d) Sea wink.

(e) Labelling light.

(f) Overlapping signal.

(5) Direction indicator lamp :

a) Could be stowed up to 1.90 meters above the roadway. If the shape of the bodywork is required, direction indicator lamps may be positioned at a height of up to 2,30 m above the road.

b) Must be visible at least 10 ° below the horizontal, if the height of the light above the trajectable is 1,90 m. However, the angle may be 5 ° if the height of the light above the weight of the road is less than 0,75 m.

(6) Tractor must be fitted with a marking lamp (s) when the equipment or other equipment is fitted with a projection of equipment which, after point, is fitted. 6.05.050 (3) must be marked with retroreflecting devices.

(7) If a vessel or projectile equipment is fitted to the tractor's imply indicator lamps, the working equipment or the projections must be fitted with equivalent lamps, where appropriate on a headlamp.

6.04.060 Motor Vehis

(1) The engine tool follows the rules for tractor.

(2) THE ENGINE ENGINE LIGHT-LIGHT-LIGHT-LIGHT-LIGHT-LIGHT-LIGHT-LIGHT (R) WHERE THE EXPER

(3) The engine vessel intended for the taking of a walking shall not be fitted with lamps intended for signalling.

6.04.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) The motor vehicle block follows the rules for passenger car M2.

(2) The engine block must also be fitted with affixed lamp (s).

6.04.110 Appestrung / semi-trailer to car

(1) On-trailer / semi-trailer to car must be fitted with

a) a rear direction lamp on each side ; and

b) two moistlights.

(2) The tram / semi-trailer for the car may be provided with :

a) One or two front link lamps on each side.

b) One or two side-side indicator lamps on each side.

c) Two or three rear direction indicator lamps on each side.

d) Three or four stlights by the rules of car.

(e) Sea wink.

6.04.120 Tractor trailer

(1) Tractor trailer follows the rules of trailer / semi-trailer to car.

6.04.130 motor vehicle trailer

(1) trailer for motor vehicle follows the rules for trailers / semi-trailer.

6.04.141 Camping

(1) The Camping Car follows the rules of the trailer / semi-trailer to car.

6.04.142 Other registration duty-imposed

(1) The second registration obligation shall follow the rules of trailer-trailer to car.

6.04.143 Nonregistration obligation for the event of an action

(1) No registration obligation is followed by the rules of trailer / trailer to car.

6.04.150 Vehicle-trailer

(1) Trailers to motorcycles follow the rules of trailer-trailer to car.

6.04.199 Blokvan

(1) Blokcar follows the rules of trailer / semi-trailer to car.

(2) Bloki shall also be provided with aftailing lamp (s). Where the block of the block makes it necessary, the marking lamp (s) may have been placed on the tractor vehicle.

6.04.200 Vogntrains

(1) Carriage extracted by tractor or motor vehicle shall be equipped with a marking lamp (s) where the width of the vehicle exceeds 2,55 m.

6.04.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice &apos; s notice on driving licences.

6.04.340 Extreme Vehicle

(1) Wrapper vehicles must also be fitted with the back-up lamp (s).

(2) The front and rear direction of the motorcycle must be at least 80 ° to each side.

(3) Urinsed vehicles may have one or more supplemental indentation lamps which must be connected to the same contact as required for the extraction lamp. Supplementary reaction lamp (s) must not comply with the provisions of point (s).

(4) The lamp bridge with the indentation signals on emergency vehicles which belong to the police or on state emergency preparedness may be removed by means of a different kind of driving than the execution of the emergency.

(5) Urinsed vehicles may, in addition to the blue-extinguishing lamps, bear the flashing illuminating main-beam headlamps that may blink a parvis or altering.

(6) Blinting main-beam headlamps for emergency vehicles must give up 60-240 blinks per Minute.

(7) The Urinsing vehicle may be fitted with two white-flashing lamps which, in accordance with the light of the flash-beam headlamp, must be fitted with two white flashing lamps. Act. (5) and (6) meet the requirements for blinking main-beam headlamps.

(8) Blinting main-beam headlamps or white-flashing lamps are intended to improve the visibility of clear-beam vehicles during the riverting in clear daylight.

6.04.362 Salvage Vehicle

(1) Vehicle-bearing vehicles may also be fitted with two rear-signor lamps and two lamps behind the cab of the cab and in line with the roof of the cab.

6.04.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way

(1) In the case of a vehicle with a rear-mounted gravel or salt spreads, at least one pair of lamps must be visible from the rear.

(2) The vehicle with the erection case count or the rear-mounted gravel or saline must be fitted to the monotacle lamp (s).

6.05 Retroreflecting devices. Oh.

6.05.001 General provisions

(1) The frequency of retroreflecting device must be the white, rear retro-reflector must be red, and the reflecting system that is turning to the side, yellow. However, if the rear-side retro-reflector system is grouped using rear-tailor or reflector, it may be red.

(2) The triangular retro-reflector must be placed on the back of trailer.

(3) Retroreflecting device must be

a) approved and labelled in Class I (non-triangular) or III (triangular) in accordance with ECE Regulation 3,

b) approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 76 /757/EEC, or

c) performed in accordance with US standard FMVSS 108 and the DOT mark.

(4) Reflecting devices in a reflex must be similar, including the same size, shape and color, and reflectiveness. They shall be located symmetrical to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle and at the same height above the road.

The longitudinal or rear retroreflecting device must be fitted to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle.

(5) The location of the retroreflecting system is measured as described in point. 6.02.001 (3).

(6) Reflective license plate, nationality mark and school sign, as well as tents, reflecting signs shall not be regarded as a retro-reflector. The same shall apply to required, reflecting markings on the exchange rate, etc., cf. The Ministry of Justice shall be announcing the affixing of containers and similar objects.

Reclamesigns and so on which includes reflecting material shall be considered as supplementing-running retro-reflectors.

(7) Prohibited or retro-reflector must not be able to be covered by doors, rear-spits or similar.

6.05.002 Frequent retro-reflectors

(1) Progressive retro-reflector :

a) Should be a maximum of 0,15 m from the outer edge of the vehicle. The distance between the retroreflecting devices forming part of a reflector shall be at least 0,40 m.

b) Should be at least 0,35 m and not more than 0,90 m above the trajectable. If the structure of the vehicle makes it necessary, the height of the road may be increased to 1,50 m.

c) Must be visible at least 30 ° inwards and outwards and at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5 ° if the reflector &apos; s height above the trajectable is less than 0,75 m.

6.05.003 Backdoor retroreflecting devices

(1) The retroreflecting retro-reflector :

a) Should be a maximum of 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle. The distance between retroreflecting devices in a reflector shall be at least 0,40 m.

b) Should be at least 0,35 m and not more than 0,90 m above the trajectable.

c) Must be visible at least 30 ° inwards and outwards and at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5 ° if the reflector &apos; s height above the trajectable is less than 0,75 m.

6.05.004 Retroreflecting systems that are reversing the page (side retro-reflectors)

(1) Propensated retroreflecting device which will turn to the page :

a) Should be at least 0,35 m and not more than 0,90 m above the trajectable. If the structure of the vehicle makes it necessary, the height can be increased to 1,50 m.

b) Must be visible at least 45 ° to each page and at least 15 ° above and below the horizontal. However, the angle below the horizontal may be reduced to 5 ° if the reflector &apos; s height above the trajectable is less than 0,75 m.

c) In the vehicle &apos; s longitudinal code,

-WHAT? on each side, at least one retro-reflector system is at the centre-third of the vehicle ;

-WHAT? the anterior retro-reflector shall not exceed 3,00 m from the front point of the vehicle ;

-WHAT? the distance between two consecucting retroreflecting devices is not greater than 3,00 m, but 4,00 m if the structure of the vehicle makes it necessary, and

-WHAT? the rear retro-reflector shall not exceed 1,00 m from the rear of the vehicle.

In the event of trailers, the coupling device shall be included in the vehicle length.

6.05.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) Mot-driven vehicle may be provided with :

a) Additional, forward-looking retro-reflectors.

b) Supplementary, slanting retro-reflectors.

c) Supplementary retroreflecting devices that are turning to the page

6.05.020 Bil

(1) Car must be provided with :

a) two rear retroreflecting devices ; and

b) retro-reflectors to the side when the length of the car exceeds 6,00 m.

6.05.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The two-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with a rear retro-reflector.

6.05.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) The motorcycle wheel fitted with two rear retro-reflectors shall be fitted with two-wheelers.

6.05.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The three-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with two rear retro-reflectors.

6.05.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the rules on motorcycles.

6.05.042 Small moped

(1) A small moped shall bear a rear retro-reflector, two which may have been approved and labelled in Class II (non-triangular) in accordance with ECE Regulation 3.

6.05.050 Traktor

(1) The tractor shall be fitted with two rear retro-reflectors, which may be stored up to 0,60 m from the outer edge of the vehicle. The height of the road can be increased to 1,50 metres if a lower position requires mounting beaches exposed to the risk of damage.

(2) If the structure of the tractor does not make it possible to comply with the provisions relating to the position and visibility of the rear retroreflecting reflectors, the vehicle may appear with two or more retro-reflectors in accordance with the following rules :

a) The first pair shall comply with the determination of a maximum height of 0,90 m and shall be at a distance of at least 0,40 m and an angle of visibility above the horizontal of at least 15 °.

b) The other pair may be placed at a height of up to 2,10 m and must, in any case, comply with the provisions of the provisions of this kind. 6.05.003 (1) (a) and be visible at least 30 ° outwards and inward and at least 15 ° below the horizontal.

(3) Work tools and projections, e.g. twin fat, must be marked by :

a) A forward and retro-reflector system in the system or pages where the work instrument and so on is more than 0,15 metres from the side of the tractor.

b) Two forward-looking retro-reflectors and a side retro-reflector on each side, provided that the work equipment and so on is more than 1,0 metres above.

c) Two back-door retro-reflectors and a side retro-reflector on each side, provided that the work order and so on is more than 2,0 m in arrears.

The retroreflecting devices must be placed on the work equipment, etc. as near as the outermost edge as practicable.

(4) If the work equipment or projections are used to cover the tractor's required retro-reflectors, the working equipment or projections must be equipped with similar retroreflecting devices, where appropriate, on a headlamp.

6.05.060 Motor Vehis

(1) The engine tool follows the rules of the tractor.

(2) The engine vessel must also be fitted with side retro-reflectors if the vehicle length exceeds 6,00 m.

(3) The engine vessel intended to be carried out by a walking shall not bear retro-reflectors.

6.05.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) Motordtorn block car follows the rules of car.

6.05.100 Trailers

(1) Trailers shall be fitted with :

a) two forward-reflecting retro-reflectors.

b) two rear-facing, triangular retroreflecting devices placed at the top of the top ; and

c) Page retro-reflectors.

(2) The trailers may be provided with :

a) Additional, forward-looking retro-reflectors.

b) Supplementary, slanting retro-reflectors. Except for retroreflecting devices that are grouch-built with lamps or as part of a bomb or a bomb. The additional, rear-reflecting retro-reflectors must be triangular and placed at the top of the top.

c) Supplemental side retro-reflectors.

6.05.340 Extreme Vehicle

(1) In order to increase the attention of other road users on the vehicle, additional reflection marking on all sides of the vehicle may be provided on all sides of the vehicle in accordance with the provisions of the provisions of the vehicle. (2) to (4).

(2) The retroreflecting marking must be carried out with either the red / white or red / yellow diagonal stripes with an angle of 45o ± 5o and a width of 100 mm ± 2,5 mm.

(3) The retroreflecting marking shall be positioned at the front and back of a symmetrical way in such a way that the vehicle is run outside the vehicle and shall be on the sides in such a way as to run the traffic on the front of the vehicle.

(4) The retroreflecting marking must meet the technical requirements for the type of road material type 4, as shown in the weather rules publication at 9.20.05, handbook, or the requirements for reflectivity and colour according to ECE Regulation 104, class C.

6.05.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way

(1) In the case of a rear-mounted gravel or salt-spreaker, the intended rear retro-reflectors must be visible from the rear.

6.06 Noise signalling devices

6.06.001 General provisions

(1) A vehicle must be fitted with a sound signalling device that satisfies the following provisions :

a) The sound warning device shall be provided with constant intensity and frequency sound tone at the time of the entire activation period.

b) The sound-signalling device may consist of several interconnected soundholders that work simultaneously.

(2) The sound signalling device must not be attached directly to the containers of the pressure air braking system. The sound warning device must not be attached to the braking system on a vehicle with a brake or the brake reinforced braking.

(3) A vehicle may be provided by a vehicle which meets the following additional provisions :

a) I do not want to send out a signal that is unnecessarily inconvenience to other road users.

b) The bacterial signal may only be activated when the ignition rate is complete and when either reverse is connected, or speedometric contact is complete.

Vehicle without ignition contact must be fitted with other manual interrupts for the rear-view signal.

c) The signal may be transmitted intermittent (periodic) signal.

6.06.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) The motor vehicle must be fitted with a sound signalling device.

6.06.021 Personnel M1

(1) CAR M1 must not be provided with a rear-view signal.

6.06.042 Small moped

(1) A small moped must be fitted with an electrical audible warning device and / or with clearly sound bells attached to the regime.

6.06.060 Motor-engine

(1) The engine vessel intended to be carried by a walking shall not be fitted with an audible warning device.

6.06.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice &apos; s notice on driving licences.

6.06.340 Extreme Vehicle

(1) emergency vehicles must be fitted with one or more emergency shut-down corps.

(2) The drop shorn may be

-WHAT? Two-tones (High-Low), which changes between two tones.

-WHAT? Mc Cloud (Yelp), where the frequency is rising rapidly.

-WHAT? Ulvehyl (Wail), where the frequency is rising and falling slowly.

(3) Audio-closure signal for emergency vehicles belonging to the police or on state emergency preparedness may be removed by means of a different kind of driving than the execution of the vehicle.

6.07 Radio systems, TVs, etc.

6.07.001 General provisions

(1) Radio and telephone facilities, etc., must be so arranged that the driver &apos; s view is not obstructed or his operation of the vehicle is made more difficult.

The device shall be so arranged that, where it is intended to be the officer of the driver during driving, the operator can be operated without the driver altering his position substantially.

(2) The storage device for radio communications equipment may be attached to the vehicle &apos; s sound signalling device and / or dipped-beam headlamps. The communications between the radio station and the sound system (dipped-beam headlamps) must be possible to terminate with a special contact.

(3) Television apparatus and similar must be

a) so arranged that the driver cannot see the screen during the run, or

b) so connected to the fact that it cannot be turned on when the engine is running.

This provision shall not apply to television equipment which alone is intended to supplement the rear-view mirrors or the surveillance of passenger spaces, including automatic doors.

(4) Antenna must be stowed and arranged,

a) that no part of the antenna while driving-including heavy braking and acceleration-is moving outside of the vehicle &apos; s external restriction, and

b) that it does not present any unnecessary danger to other road users.

(5) Radio and telecommunications terminal equipment shall comply with the provisions of the notice referred to in point. 6.01.002 (1).

6.08 Tyveric alarm, etcetera etcetera.

6.08.001 Tybbon Alarm

(1) The alarm will be sent on activation.

-WHAT? the vehicle &apos; s sound signalling device,

-WHAT? or with a special sound signalling device,

-WHAT? and / or of the vehicle-beam headlamps

and / or with some of the direction indicator lamps of the vehicle or of the vehicle.

(2) Audio signal shall be automatically discontinued no later than 30 seconds. After the activation, and may not start again when the alarm is activated.

(3) The sound signal to consist of wink shall cease automatically within five minutes of the activation and shall start again after the alarm is activated.

(4) Activation may e.g. consist of unwarranted doorsteps of door or window or intervention in the mandatory mechanical protective device. Activation must not be allowed to occur during the run, or when the vehicle is otherwise used and operated as intended.

6.08.002 Launcher

(1) Progregate shall comply with the constructive provisions of Directive 74 /61/EEC as amended by 95 /56/EC or ECE Regulations 97 or 116.

6.08.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) Motion-driven vehicle may be fitted with a burglar alarm.

(2) The engine-driven vehicle may be equipped with the starting block.

6.08.021 Personnel M1

(1) Cl-car M1 must be equipped with the starting block.

6.09 Special aftagging

6.09.001 General provisions

(1) The paint for the marking of projections shall be carried out with yellow / black stripes, jfr. Danish standard DS 734.

(2) The retroreflecting devices for marking of external projections shall comply with the provisions of point (s). 6.05,001 (1), (3) and-(7) and the provisions on the angle of visibility into the case of the penal system. 6.05.002, 6.05.003 and 6.05.004.

(3) Headlamps for marking on the external projections shall apply,

a) the endorsement must comply with the provisions of point. 6.03,001 (4),

b) the intended means of conservation must comply with the provisions of point (s. 6.03.002 (1) (a), (b), (c), (d) and (g) and (2),

c) the rear-tailers must comply with the provisions of the provisions of the provisions of this Directive. 6.03.003 (1) (a), (b), (c), (d) and (f), and (2),

d) the lighting intended to be reversed on the side shall comply with the provisions of the provisions of the provisions of 6.03.008 (1) (a), (b) and (d),

(e) the marking lamp must comply with the provisions of the provisions of the intended system. 6.04.005 and

(f) in particular, the specific marking lamp on the loading spam lamp must satisfy the provisions of the furtive. 6.09.002.

6.09.002 Special affront marker lamps on the lasse-stone

(1) Special affront marker lamps on the loading spear ;

a) must give the light of yellow colour,

b) shall be located not more than 0,40 m from the outermost corners of the loading loader,

c) must be corrected when the lollipop is in a working position,

d) must not be able to be turned on when the loading spank is clapped up,

(e) shall make 100-240 blinks per Minute.

6,09.003 Lympom

(1) Nolabom shall be fitted with

a) device ensuring a responsible attachment ;

b) two rear position lamps,

c) Number plate lamp (s),

d) two direction indicator lamps ;

(e) two lamps,

(f) two retro-reflectors.

The headlamp must be at least 0,35 m and not more than 0,90 m above the trajectable. The lamp must have such a dimension, that lamps and retro-reflectors, with the exception of license plate lamps, shall be located not more than 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle.

The lamps on the headlamp beam must be attached to the corresponding headlamp lamps on the rear of the vehicle.

Lighting and retro-reflectors shall not be included in the determination of the number of tendered or permitted lamps and retro-reflectors on the back of the vehicle.

6.09.020 Bil

(1) Parts, which are 1,00 m or more forward in front of the actual body of the vehicle in the original execution, shall :

a) Front and forward 0,50 m on the sides must be marked with paint for marking of external projections.

b) In front of the front, at least one lamp showing white light to the front.

c) At the front of each side of the front, at least one lamp showing yellow light to the sides.

(2) Parts of 2,00 m or more forward in front of the actual bodywork of the vehicle in the original execution shall also be fitted with a marking lamp. The lamp must be connected in such a way that it can be switched on without the flag of the vehicle being switched on.

(3) Parts of less than 1,00 m up front of the vehicle &apos; s actual body of bodywork and parts which are lagging behind on the rear of the vehicle in original execution may be provided with the paint for marking of external projections.

(4) Participating in front or rear of the vehicle &apos; s actual bodywork in original execution may be provided with retroreflecting devices for marking of external projections.

(5) The loading spank can be fitted with two special mark-down lamps on the loading spank.

6.09.021 Personnel M1

(1) The person car M1 can have headlamp bom.

6.09.022 Personnel M2

(1) Personnel M2 follows the rules for passenger car M1.

6.09.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M1.

6.09.024 Commodia N1

(1) Track N1 follows the rules for passenger car M1.

6.09.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor may be equipped with particular labelling according to the rules of car.

6.09.060 Motor-engine

(1) THE ENGINE ENGINE POSITION OF LIGHT-ENGINE LIGHT-LIGHT-LIGHT WITH LIGHT

(2) A motor vehicle may be provided with specific marking according to the rules of car.

6.09.09.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) Motordtorn block carriage may be provided with special marking according to the rules of car.

6.09.363 Vehicle specially designed for carrying out work on the way

(1) Vehicle designed to be mobile must be equipped with reflecting board and yellow blinkered flashes in accordance with the road safety rules for the marking of road works.

6.10 Slow-rolling Vehicles

6.10.001 General provisions

(1) A vehicle must be equipped with no or allowed aftamarking of slowest vehicles.

(2) The marking of slowest vehicles :

a) Must consist of a red, fluorescent, equitable triangle with a red reflecting edge, as shown in the following example, in which the objectives are set in millimetres.

BL487_4_17.jpg Size : (273 X 206)

b) Must be mounted on the rear of the vehicle with the tip up and corrected by the rear.

c) Must

-WHAT? have been approved and labelled in accordance with ECE Regulation 69,

-WHAT? be approved by the Vägverket, Sweden (

BL487_4_13.jpg Size : (13 X 12)

the Lf tag), or

-WHAT? satisfy the light-requirements requirements for fluorescent material in ECE Regulation 27 and for reflecting road-rotating type 4 of the road-regulation publication 9.20.05, manuals in the light of the road.

d) Could be royalty.

6.10.050 Traktor

(1) The tractor that is not part of the carriage train shall be marked by tagging of slowest vehicles.

6.10.060 Motor Vehis

(1) A motor vehicle which is not part of the combination of vehicles and which is not intended to be carried by a walking shall bear the afmarking of slots vehicles.

6.10.200 Vogntrains

(1) In the rear vehicle the rear vehicle must be marked by the marking of slowest vehicles :

a) Tractor with tractor trailer or a trailer,

b) engine vessel other than the engine intended for the carriage of a walking, trailer or trailer, and

c) car with non-registration duty-liable.

(2) Vent vehicles in the furtive. (1) and (b) (1) and (b) the combination of vehicles may be marked by the marking of slowest vehicles.

6.11 Reflection Plans

6.11.001 General provisions

(1) A retro-reflector shall be carried out with diagonal stripes of altering yellow reflecting and red fluorescent material and be drawn up as shown in the following model 1, 2, 3, or 4.

(2) The retroreflecting plant to be carried out to the car shall be carried out with yellow reflecting material surrounded by a red fluorescent edges and has been drawn up as shown in the following model 5, 6, 7 or 8.

BL487_4_19.jpg Size : (334 X 359)

BL487_4_20.jpg Size : (303 X 181)

BL487_4_21.jpg Size : (338 X 347)

BL487_4_22.jpg Size : (314 X 222)

(3) The retro-reflexes must have the following objectives, cf. ECE Regulation 70 :

a) The total length of a reflecting plan consisting of one, two or four parts must be at least 1130 mm and not more than 2300 mm. Each part of a reflecting plan must be the same length.

b) Width must be

-WHAT? 140 ± 10 mm for car and

-WHAT? 200 + 30 / 5 mm for trailers / semi-trailer / trailer.

c) On reflection to the car, the diagonal strips must have an angle of 45 ± 5 ° and a width of 100 ± 2,5 mm.

d) In the case of a rear-trailer to the trailer, the fluorescent border must have a width of 40 ± 1 mm.

(4) Reflection plan :

a) Must be mounted on the rear of the vehicle and shall be lagging behind.

b) Must be located symmetrical to the median longitudinal plane of the vehicle. Parts forming part of a pair must be the same.

c) Must

-WHAT? be placed at a maximum of 1,50 m above the trajectable measured to the subboundary, or be situated at a maximum of 2,10 m above the trajectable measured to the overedge.

d) Must

-WHAT? have been approved and labelled in accordance with ECE Regulation 70 or

-WHAT? satisfy the light-requirements requirements for fluorescent material in ECE Regulation 27 and for reflecting road-rotating type 4 of the road-regulation publication 9.20.05, manuals in the light of the road.

(5) A vehicle may be provided with an unauthorised or permitted reflecting plan.

6.11.023 Personnel M3

(1) Wiring must be fitted with reflecting plan (for car).

6.11.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Lastvan N2 must be fitted with reflecting plan.

6.11.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Lastvan N3 must be fitted with reflecting plan.

6.11.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O3 must be fitted with reflecting plan.

6.11.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer (O4) shall bear the reflecting plan.

6.11.200 Vogntrains

(1) In combination of lorry and cart, the car must not bear reflecting planks.

(2) When the reflection plan is fitted to rear-end foreclosure to rear-run, then it must be furtive. 6.11.001 (4) a) only on the rear vehicle of the vehicle.

6.12 Lights,

6.12.001 General provisions

(1) The cooling beam is intended to increase the attention of other road users outside the lens of light during the lens period.

(2) The driving light can be used

a) dipped-beam headlamps

b) front fog lamps,

c) running lamps, or

d) dipped-beam headlamps with reduced voltage

(3) Applicable

a) dipped-beam lamps or

b) front fog lamps such as driving lights must have the headlamps intended for light on at the same time.

c) running lamps, or

d) dipped-beam headlamps with reduced voltage as a driving light, taillights and other lamps to mark the light at the same time.

(4) The Flesh Ssausacs must step out of function when the light contact of the vehicle is placed in positions or near / off-beam position.

a) The dipped-beam headlamps may be connected to a travel light sauce.

b) The front fog lamp must not be connected to a motion automation.

c) The lighting lamp must be attached to a travel light sauce.

d) The dipped-beam headlamps with a reduced voltage must be attached to a travel light-automatic.

(5) A vehicle must be fitted with a vehicle only on an impeller or authorised driving light.

6.12.002 THE LAMP LIGHT LAMP

(1) Flesh light lamp :

a) Should be made by white or gully (selective yellow) colour.

b) Must be positioned at the front of the vehicle and to the front.

c) Should be a maximum of 0,40 m from the outer edge of the vehicle.

d) Should be at least 0,25 m and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road.

(e) Must have a light intensity of between 400 CD and 1200 CD. This provision may be considered to be fulfilled if the lamp has a power consumption of between 15 W and 21 W and placed in front of a parabol.

(f) Must have a luminous surface of at least 40 cm2.

(2) The line-lighting lamp in a headlamp must comply with the provisions of point (s). 6.02.001 (2).

(3) The location of the buying-light lamp is measured as described in point. 6.02.001 (3).

6.12.003 Dipped-beam headlamps with a reduced voltage

(1) The voltage of the lamp at a 12 V or 24 V plant must be at least 11 V, respectively, at full load voltage.

6.12.020 Bil

(1) Car may be fitted with two illuminable lighting lamps.

6.12.030 Motorcycle

(1) Motorcycle may be fitted with two illuminable lighting lamps.

(2) In particular, light driving lights may be given by

-WHAT? two running lamps or

-WHAT? two running lamps and one dipped-beam headlamp (if any). with reduced voltage).

6.12.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) The lighting lamp must be fitted to the motorcycle according to the rules for this.

6.12.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the rules on motorcycles.

6.12.042 Small moped

(1) A small moped can be fitted with a single light-light lamp.

6.12.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor can be fitted with two light-beam headlamps.

6.12.060 Motor Vehis

(1) For engine power, the rules for tractor shall apply.

6.12.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) In the case of motctore's block car, the rules for car are applied.

6.13 Account markings

6.13.001 General

(1) Account for return is reflecting and intended for the purpose of the lighting period to increase the attention of other road users on large vehicles.

(2) Account markings shall be :

a) approved and labelled in grade C, in accordance with ECE Regulation 104,

b) performed by 50 mm + 10/-0 mm wide reflecting material,

c) bearing at least one visible "E" mark on any part of the account marking,

d) placed on the side and / or the rear of the vehicle as close to its outer edges as possible, as shown in the following example,

BL487_4_23.jpg Size : (336 X 70)

(e) of yellow or white colour on the side of the vehicle and of red or yellow by placing on the rear of the vehicle ;

(f) in such a way as to make sure that the context of the context is broken, the distance between the parts must be 50% of the maximum length of the shortest part,

g) placed in such a way that the bottom part of the return marking shall be at least 0,25 m and a maximum of 1,50 m above the road, and

(h) in such a way as to ensure that the distance from each of the required information is greater than 0,20 m.

(3) Vehicles equipped with a return on account on the page may be provided with reflecting advertisements / logos, cf. Act. (4) and (5).

(4) Advertising / logos must be

a) approved and labeled in Class D or Class E in accordance with ECE Regulation 104, however, such that white reflecting material used as a basic material when the advertisements / logos without free white fields must be labelled in class D/E,

b) performed in a low reflecting material, which may be in all colors,

c) placed on the side of the vehicle ;

d) placed within the context of the concesphi.

(5) Reflecting material in Class D shall be used for reflecting areas less than 2 m2, and reflecting materials in Class E shall be used for reflecting areas of 2 m2 and larger.

6.13.022 Personnel M2

(1) For passenger car M2, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

6.13.023 Personnel M3

(1) For passenger car M3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

6.13.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 can be provided with account marking and low reflecting multi-coloured advertisements / logos.

6.13.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

6.13.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) For the trailer / semi-trailer O3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

6.13.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) For trailers / semi-trailer, O4 applies to the rules applicable to lorry N2.

7. Motor, noise, air pollution, etc.

7.01 Motor

7.01.001 General provisions

(1) The engine must be attached to the vehicle's bearing elements. The engine load and the speed of the engine must be capable of being regulated in a phased way from the driving position.

7.01.002 Speed limiters

(1) Prohibited speed limits shall comply with the constructive provisions of Directive 92 /24/EC.

(2) The speed limitation device and its connections must be protected against unauthorized adjustment and / or energy interruption by requiring special tools for this and / or by sealing.

(3) The speed limitation shall be installed, adjusted (adjusted) and filtered by the manufacturer &apos; s instructions.

(4) The following vehicles are excluded from the requirement for speed limits :

a) Cars that are used by the defence, civil defence, fire and other emergency services, as well as police.

b) Cars which, as a result of their construction, cannot go faster than the speed limit for which the speed limit should be set.

c) Cars that are used for scientific experiments.

d) Cars that are only used for public services in urban areas.

7.01.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) The motor vehicle may be fitted with an automatic speed regulation if this regulatory device ;

a) Can access and be manually coated with a special control device at the driver &apos; s seat,

b) be disconnected on the activation of the service braking ; and

c) can be easily served and unsated.

7.01.021 Personnel M1

(1) In the case of passenger car M1 with combustion engine, fuel consumption and CO2 emission must be measured according to Directive 80 /1268/EEC as amended by 1999 /100/EC.

7.01.022 Personnel M2

(1) Co-car M2 must be equipped with speed limits, so that the speed of the 100 km/h cannot exceed 100 km/h.

(2) Fire safety in motor space :

a) In the engine room must not be used combustible silencers, material which may be absorbed fuel, lubricants, or any other combustible material, except where this is covered by impenetrable plate.

b) Through appropriate design of the engine space or through drainage holes, it must be ensured as far as possible that there can be no fuel, lubricants or any other combustible material in any part of the engine room.

c) Between the engine space or other heat sources and the rest of the vehicle, there must be a heat-resistant septum (other heat sources may be a device for the inclusion of energy by running down long trays, e.g. a court or a device on the inside ; heating, however, no devices which operate in the case of the circulation of hot water). All the suspension, clamps, packages, etc. in the context of the separating wall must be fireproof.

7.01.023 Personnel M3

(1) Co-car M3 must be equipped with speed limits, so that the speed cannot exceed 100 km/h.

(2) Fire safety in motor space :

For passenger car M3, the rules for passenger car M2 apply.

7.01.024 Commodia N1 1) (1) The fuel consumption and carbon dioxide emission must be measured in accordance with Community Directive 80 /1268/EC as amended by 2004 /3/EC :

7.01.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 must be equipped with speed limits, so that the speed of the 90 km/h is not exceeded.

7.01.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Lastvan N3 must be equipped with speed limits, so that the speed cannot exceed 90 km/h.

7.01.041 Large moped

(1) The engine power must be limited in such a way that the maximum speed of the moped is only difficult to increase. The determination may be deemed to be fulfilled if the moped meets one of the following requirements :

a) The technical requirements laid down in Chapter 7 on measures against illegal intervention in Directive 97 /24/EC.

b) The technical requirements set out in the 6-ECE RECOMMENDATION-6-are to be commendation.

7.01.042 Small moped

(1) The engine power must be limited in such a way that the maximum speed of the moped is only difficult to increase. The determination shall be deemed to be fulfilled if the moped meets the requirements of the following paragraph. (a) or both furtive. (b) and (c) :

a) The technical requirements laid down in Chapter 7 on measures against illegal intervention in Directive 97 /24/EC.

b) Effect :

-WHAT? The engine's main power must not exceed 0,9 kW (1,2 hk) and must be limited in such a way that it can only be difficult to increase.

-WHAT? The engine's main power must not exceed 2,2 kW (3 hk), when it is in point. (c) Boxing has been removed.

-WHAT? For the power of power the nominal engine may not exceed 0,9 kW.

-WHAT? The engine must be so designed and limited that changes or replacement of components of the intake system (air filter, carburettor, carburetor curvator, etc.) and exhaust system (exhaust pipe, silencer, etc.) cannot result in any significant material ; increase the engine's power.

-WHAT? For the type-approval, a test of the engine's maximum impact must be available. The test must be carried out in accordance with DIN 70020 or Directive 95 /1/EEC.

c) Inlet system :

-WHAT? The inlet channel of the engine must be equipped with a hardened harness of at least 60 Rc, which must be forged, pressed and determined or, in a similar way, firmly attached to the engine intake channel. The collection shall have a length which may be less than 2,5 mm less than the length of the inlet of the inlet and until 3.0 millimetres less when it is placed in light metal. The sowing of the gag (clearing) must, with the exception of any less roundings (rejections) in each end, be of the unchanged dimension of the entire length.

-WHAT? The paragraph shall not cover any part of the inlet sowing in the cylinder mirror (the inlet port).

7.01.200 Vogntrains

(1) In combination where the tractor vehicle is a motorcycle, the motorcycle must have an engine with a cylinder capacity exceeding 125 cm ; 3 .

7.01.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice &apos; s notice on driving licences.

7.02 Fuel Plant

7.02.001 General provisions

(1) The fuel vessel and wiring must be produced from cool and sleasurable material resistant to the fuel and to heat. Fuel tank shall be obtained from non-combustible material or comply with the constructive provisions of the ECU 5 to ECE Regulation 34. Alternatively, fuel tanks produced by plastic can be approved in the event that they comply with the constructive provisions on fire-resistant in Annex I, Section 6.3.5, of Directive 70 /221/EEC as amended by 2000 /8/EC, or 5 to ECE Regulation 34.

(2) The fuel vessel and wiring shall be so designed, arranged and attached that vibrations and so on shall not result in the risk of abraviation or fracture of the normal use of the vehicle.

(3) Collections in fuel lines, including serpents, must be secured against unintended separation.

(4) Driven without the fuel tank between the fuel tank and the carburettor. Equine. must be fitted with a barrier valve in the fuel line immediately by the fuel tank.

7.02.022 Personnel M2

(1) The fuel tank must not be located inside the car. The determination shall be deemed to be fulfilled if the container is located under the floor.

(2) The fuel stove must lie outside the bodywork and must not be placed under door opening.

Where more than 19 persons are used for the carriage of more than 19 persons, at least 0,50 m, 0,25 m for car with diesel-shall be 0,50 m.

(3) It must be ensured that, where appropriate, a wastage of fuel may not penetrate the vehicle but is being wrunted to the road.

(4) Fuel wiring must not be carried through the bodywork of the car.

7.02.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

7.03 Transmission System

7.03.001 General provisions

(1) Vehicle-driven vehicle-other than motorcycles-with a headweight of more than 400 kg must be fitted with reverse gear or other device for the back of the vehicle.

7.03.002 Friction Occupancy

(1) Release coverings for the transmission system shall be asbestos-free of the following vehicles :

-WHAT? passenger car M1,

-WHAT? van N1,

-WHAT? motorcycle and

-WHAT? Big scooter.

7.04 Exhaust system

7.04.001 General provisions

(1) The exhaust system shall be so arranged and arranged ;

a) the exhaust gas cannot penetrate the passenger spaces and passenger spaces ;

b) the exhaust gases are not being taken to the right of the vehicle ; and

c) there is no risk of ignition of combustible material on the vehicle. The distance of material that is not incubous must be greater than 50 mm.

7.04.040 Knallert

(1) The moped shall not satisfy the determination of the provisions of the PICTs. 7.04.001 (1) b).

7.05 Noise

7.05.001 General provisions

(1) The motor vehicle must be such as to make sure that it does not make unnecessary noise.

(2) The sound level of the motor vehicle is measured by three methods :

a) Noise measurement method (driving measure).

b) Measurement method II (7 m-stop measure).

c) Noise measuring method IV (near-range measurement).

(3) In the case of initial registration or entry into service of a vehicle, motorcycle and moped and in the case of the type-approval of the tractor, the noise level shall not exceed the noise limits for the method in force in force.

(4) In the case of non-use vehicle, motorcycle and moped, the sound level must not be higher than the first recording by method IV measuring noise levels by more than 3 dB (A).

(5) In the case of non-use, standard type-approved tractor, the sound level must not exceed that by default type-approval according to method II or IV measured noise levels by more than 3 dB (A) when the same measurement method is used.

(6) For the factory new engine block, the sound level must not exceed the noise limits for the method II in force.

(7) The engine block must not exceed the noise limits for the method II in force with more than 3 dB (A), for the sound level.

(8) For tyre noise, the provisions of the provisions of the provisions of point shall apply 8.02.020 (5) and 8.02.110 (3).

7.05.020 Bil

(1) The Bil must meet the noise limits set out in paragraph 1. 7.05.021-7.05.026, and corresponding to the limit values laid down in Directive 70 /157/EEC as amended by 92 /97/EEC and the noise limits for air pressure noise from the brake system, as laid down in the said Directive (Annex I, point. 5.2.1 and 5.4.).

(2) In the case of a cross-frontier vehicle of more than 2 000 kg, the indicated noise limits have been increased by :

a) 1 dB (A) for car with engine power of less than 150 kW.

b) 2 dB (A) for car with engine power of 150 kW, or more.

7.05.021 Personnel M1

(1) In the case of passenger car M1 the following noise limits shall apply to : 74 dB (A), but 75 dB (A) for car with direct injection of diesel.

(2) For passenger car M1 with power output exceeding 140 kW and a ratio between the engine power and the maximum permissible weight exceeding 75 kW/tonne, the specified noise limits with 1 dB (A) are increased to the conditions laid down in Directive 70 /157/EEC as amended by 92 /97/EEC, (Annex I, point. 5.2.2.1).

7.05.022 Personnel M2

(1) For passenger car M2, the following method of noise shall apply to the following method :

a)
76 dB (A) for car with a maximum laden mass not exceeding 2,000 kg ;
However, 77 dB (A) for car with a direct injection of diesel by direct injection.
b)
77 dB (A) for car with a maximum laden weight exceeding 2000 kg but not exceeding 3,500 kg (3500 lb),
However, 78 dB (A) for car with a direct injection of diesel by direct injection.
c)
78 dB (A) for car with maximum laden weight exceeding 3,500 kilograms ;
However, 80 dB (A) for car with engine power of 150 kW, or more.

7.05.023 Personnel M3

(1) For passenger car M3, the following method of noise shall apply to the following method :

78 dB (A), but

80 dB (A) for car with engine power of 150 kW, or more.

7.05.024 Commodia N1

(1) For the van N1, the following method of noise shall apply to the following method :

a)
76 dB (A) for laden mass not exceeding 2000 kg ; however,
77 dB (A) for car with a direct injection of diesel.
b)
77 dB (A) for car with a maximum laden weight exceeding 2000 kg but not exceeding 3,500 kg, however :
78 dB (A) for car with a direct injection of diesel by direct injection.

7.05.025 Lastvan N2

(1) For lorry N2, the following method of noise shall apply to the following method :

a) 77 dB (A) for car with engine power of less than 75 kW

b) 78 dB (A) for car with engine power of 75 kW or more, but less than 150 kW.

c) 80 dB (A) for car with engine power of 150 kW, or more.

7.05.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

7.05.030 Motorcycle

(1) The border boundaries applicable to motorcycles are in accordance with the limit values laid down in Chapter 9 of Directive 97 /24/EC.

(2) For the motorcycle, the following method of noise applies to the following method :

a) 75 dB (A) for motorcycles with a cylinder capacity not exceeding 80 cm ; 3 .

b) 77 dB (A) for motorcycles with a capacity of more than 80 cm ; 3 but not over 175 inches. 3 .

c) 80 dB (A) for motorcycles with a capacity of more than 175 cm ; 3 .

7.05.040 Knallert

(1) The maximum limit values applicable to moped are in accordance with the limit values laid down in Chapter 9 of Directive 97 /24/EC.

(2) For mallert, the following noise limits are measured in the following method :

a) 66 dB (A) for two-wheel moped with a maximum design speed of not more than 25 km/h.

b) 71 dB (A) for two-wheel mopeds with a maximum design speed of more than 25 km/h.

c) 76 dB (A) for three-wheel mopeds.

7.05.050 Traktor

(1) For the tractor, the following noise limits shall apply to :

a) 85 dB (A) for tractor with maximum laden mass not exceeding 1,500 kilograms ; and

b) 89 dB (A) for tractor with maximum laden weight of more than 1 500 kilograms.

7.05.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) In the case of motctore block, the following noise limits shall be applied in accordance with Method II :

a) 86 dB (A) for block carriage, equipped with an engine for petrol or F-gas, and

b) 88 dB (A) for block carriage, which is equipped with diesel.

7.06 Air Pollution

7.06.001 General provisions

(1) The engine must be so designed that it shall not cause unnecessary smoke.

(2) The vehicle must comply with the requirements and emission standards referred to for the individual vehicle species by the first registration of the vehicle with the combustion engine.

(3) In the case of an existing vehicle, by constructive changes, including chiptune, engine or anti-pollution devices, the technical requirements applicable at first registration or in service must be complied with.

(4) In the case of chiptune by car with a diesel engine, the exhaust gas values must be measured under the total load at 6 constant rpm in accordance with Directive 72/306/EEC or ECE Regulation 24.

a) In the case of chiptuning, the exhaust gas values must not exceed the limit values set out in the above Directive or Regulation, and

b) none of the exhaust gas values shall exceed the results of the measurements for type-approval pursuant to the above Directive or Regulation by more than 20%.

7.06.020 Bil

(1) In the case of commissioned car with a positive-ignition engine which is not equipped with three-way catalytic converter with lambdasevil, the carbon monoxide content of the exhaust gas must not exceed 3,5 vol.% measured by the measurement method in point. 11.02.001.

(2) In the case of an engine fitted with a positive-ignition engine fitted with a three-way catalyst with lambdasevil, the following shall apply :

a) At iddplay, the carbon monoxide content in the exhaust gas shall be measured by the measurement method in point. 11.02.001 shall not exceed

-WHAT? 0.5 vol.% for car registered before 1. July 2002,

-WHAT? 0.3 vol.% for car registered on 1. July 2002 or later.

b) When the carbon monoxide content of the exhaust gas is increased, the carbon monoxide content shall be measured by the measurement method in point. 11.02.003, not exceed

-WHAT? 0.3 vol.% for car registered before 1. July 2002,

-WHAT? 0.2 vol.% for car registered on 1. July 2002 or later, and lambda must be 1 ± 0,03 or in accordance with the manufacturer &apos; s instructions.

(3) For car with diesel engine, the corrected value of exhaust gas smoke density during free acceleration must be determined and the car must be marked accordingly in accordance with Directive 72/306/EEC as amended by 97 /20/EC, or ECE Regulation 24-03.

(4) The exhaust gas smoke density during the free acceleration of the engine, measured by the measurement method in point, must be the exhaust gas smoke density. 11.02.004, not exceed the value provided for the vehicle, cf. Act. (3).

7.06.021 Personnel M1

(1) The person car of M1 with a reference mass not exceeding 2,610 kg (corresponding to a clear weight of 2,585 kg) must meet the technical requirements of one of the following sets of rules :

a)
Regulation 715/2007, as last amended by 595/2009 (Euro 5), with the entry into force dates referred to in the Regulation.
This item applies only to cars registered before 1. September 2015.
b)
For passenger car M1 designed to meet specific social needs, defined in Community Regulation 715/2007 as diesel cars in category M1, which are either
-
vehicles intended for particular use as defined in Directive 70 /1 5 6 / EEC (2007/46/EC) with a reference mass of more than 2000 kg (1 975 kg), i.e. :
-
Camping cars
-
Bent vehicles
-
Ambulances
-
Rustwagons
-
Mobile cranes
-
Vehicle-access access vehicles
-
Other vehicles for special use (other vehicles requiring special bodywork or special equipment)
or
-
vehicles with a reference mass of more than 2 000 kg (1 975 kg) designed for the carriage of seven persons or more, including the driver ;
or
-
vehicles with a reference mass of more than 1 760 kg (corresponding to a clear weight of 1 735 kg), which is specifically designed for commercial purposes for the carriage of wheelchairs in the car ;
Directive 70 /220/EEC, as amended by 2002 /80/EC, and most recently adapted to gas-powered vehicles in 2003 /76/EC, and the car must meet the limit values in point of furs. 5.3.1.4 of Annex I, line B (Euro 4).
This item applies only to cars registered before 1. January 2012.
c)
California Exhaust and Evaporative Emission Standard LEV II (2004-Norm) level LEV (Low Emission Vehicle) or better for the diet LDV (Light-Duty Vehicles passenger car is up to 12 passengers only).
This item applies only to cars registered before 1. January 2012.
d)
Regulation 715/2007, as last amended by 595/2009 (Euro 6), with the entry into force dates referred to in the Regulation.
(e)
California Code of Regulations, as set out in EC Regulation 692/2008, which shall apply to the last model year.

(2) The person car M1 with a reference mass of over 2,610 kg (corresponding to the driving weight of 2,585 kg) must meet the technical requirements in one of the following sets of rules :

a)
Directive 2005 /5/5/EC as amended by 2008 /74/EC (Euro V) with the entry into force dates referred to in the Directive.
This item applies only to vehicles registered before 1. January 2014.
b)
Directive 2005 /5/5/EC as amended by 2008 /74/EC (EEV (EEV)) with the entry into force dates referred to in the Directive.
This item applies only to vehicles registered before 1. January 2014.
c)
EC Regulation 595/2009 (Euro VI), with the entry into force dates referred to in the Regulation.

(3) The person car M1 with a reference mass of over 2,610 kg (equivalent to driving weight of 2,585 kg) but not more than 2,840 kg (corresponding to the clear weight of 2,815 kg) may instead of furtive. (2) comply with the point. (1).

7.06.022 Personnel M2

(1) The person car M2 with a reference mass of not more than 2,610 kg (corresponding to the ready weight of 2,585 kg) must satisfy the rules in point. 7.06.021 (1).

(2) Plot mass of the person car M2 with reference mass of over 2,610 kg (equivalent to driving weight of 2,585 kg) must satisfy the rules in point. 7.06.021 (2) or (3).

7.06.023 Personnel M3

(1) For person car M3, the order is valid. 7.06.022 (2).

7.06.024 Commodia N1

(1) Item N1 with a reference mass of not more than 2,610 kg (corresponding to the ready weight of 2,585 kg) must one of the following sets of rules :

a)
Pkt. 7.06.021 (1).
b)
Directive 70 /220/EEC as amended by 2002 /80/EC and most recently adapted to gas-powered vehicles in 2003 /76/EC, and shall comply with the limit values in point. 5.3.1.4 of Annex I, line B (2005, i.e. Euro 4).
This item applies only to the van N1 with reference mass of more than 1,305 kg (corresponding to a clear weight of more than 1 280 kg) and recorded before 1. January 2012.
c)
California Exhaust and Evaporative Emission Standard LEV II (2004-Norm)
-
level LEV (Low Emission Vehicle) or better for a Light-Duty Truck category, with a maximum permissible maximum weight of not more than 8.500 lb, corresponding to 3.860 kg), and
-
level ULEV (Ultra Low Emission Vehicle) or better for category MDV (Medium-Duty Vehicles with an allowed maximum weight exceeding 8500 lb and not more than 14,000 lb, corresponding to 6,300 kg).

This item applies only to the van N1 with reference mass of more than 1,305 kg (corresponding to a clear weight of more than 1 280 kg) and recorded before 1. January 2012.

(2) Item N1 with reference mass of over 2,610 kg (corresponding to the weight of running weight of 2,585 kg) must satisfy the rules in point. 7.06.021 (2).

(3) W1 of the van N1 with reference mass of over 2,610 kg (equivalent to driving weight of 2,585 kg) but not exceeding 2,840 kg (corresponding to the clear weight of 2,815 kg) may instead of furtive. (2) comply with the point. (1).

7.06.025 Lastvan N2

(1) For lorry N2 applies to point. 7.06.022 (2).

7.06.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For Truck N3, point is valid. 7.06.022 (2).

7.06.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The two-wheel motorcycle must meet the technical requirements of Directive 97 /24/EC as amended by Directive 97 /77/EC and must comply with the limit values set out in row B of the line. 2.2.1.1.5. of Annex II to Chapter 5 (Euro 3).

7.06.032 Two-wheel motorcycle with sidecar

(1) For two-wheel motorcycle with a sidecar, the provisions governing two-wheel motorcycles apply.

7.06.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The three-wheel motorcycle must meet the technical requirements of Directive 97 /24/EC as amended by 2002 /51/EC, and shall comply with the limit values set out in row A of the table in point. 2.2.1.1.5. of Annex II to Chapter 5 (Euro 2).

7.06.040 Knallert

(1) Knallert must meet the technical requirements of Directive 97 /24/EC and comply with the limit values in the second row of the table in point. 2.2.1.1.3. of Annex I to Chapter 5.

7.06.050 Traktor

(1) For tractor with a motor power between 18 and 560 kW, the engine must be approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 2000 /25/EC as specified in paragraph (2), (3) and (4).

(2) (a) Step III A of Directive 2000 /25/EC as amended by 2005 /13/EC, which shall enter into force as indicated in the following table.

Effect
Effect
Entry into force of initial registration, approval or entry into service.
19-36 kW
K
1 January 2007
37-74 kW
J
1 January 2008
75-129 kW
I
1 January 2007
130-560 kW
H
1 January 2006

b) As an alternative to the provisions of point. (a) the engine may have been approved and labelled in accordance with the Steps IIIA of Directive 97 /68/EC (on mobile non-road mobile machinery).

Point (2) applies only to tractors to be registered, approved or taken in use before the entry into force of the entry into force of the said Agreement (3).

(3) (a) Step III B of Directive 2000 /25/EC as amended by 2005 /13/EC, which shall enter into force as indicated in the table below.

Effect
Effect
Entry into force of initial registration, approval or entry into service.
19-36 kW
P
1 January 2013
37-74 kW
N
1 January 2012
75-129 kW
M
1 January 2012
130-560 kW
L
1 January, 2011

b) As an alternative to the provisions of point. (a) the engine may have been approved and labelled in accordance with Phases III B of Directive 97 /68/EC (on mobile non-road mobile machinery).

Point (3) applies only to tractors to be registered, approved or taken in use before the entry into force of the entry into force of the said entry (4).

(4) (a) Step IV of Directive 2000 /25/EC as amended by 2005 /13/EC, which shall enter into force as indicated in the table below.

Effect
Effect
Entry into force of initial registration, approval or entry into service.
56-129 kW
R
1 January 2013
130-560 kW
Q
1 January 2012

b) As an alternative to the provisions of point. (a) the engine may have been approved and labelled in accordance with Stage IV of Directive 97 /68/EC (on mobile non-road mobile machinery).

(5) For tractor, whose engine is produced before the abovementioned dates for registration, approval and entry into service in paragraph (2) (a), (3) (a) and (4) a) the date of entry into force two years.

(6) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2) (a), (3) (a), and (4) (a), in accordance with Directive 2005 /13/EC, at the request of the tractor manufacturer, approval shall be given to &apos; Flexible Scheme &apos;.

Flexible arrangements may be granted for a limited number of engines which only meet the preceding stage of limit values. Motors approved in accordance with flexible arrangements are provided with a supplementary label containing the following text " Motor has been placed on the market under a flexible system of tractor number and power area and &quot; EC type-approval number &quot; in a Danish or equivalent text on another Community languages.

7.06.060 Motor Vehis

(1) For engine diesel engine, the engine must be approved and labelled in accordance with the environmental and Energy Ministry notice on the limitation of air pollution from mobile, non-road-road machinery.

7.07 Awarming Facility

7.07.001 General provisions

(1) The heating system must be such that no carbon monoxide may occur in the internal body of the bodywork.

The heat and pipes of the heating system and the pipelines must not, during operation, assume temperatures of more than 100 ° C.

Parts of the heating system, assuming temperatures above 80 ° C, must be shielded to contact.

(2) The heating air venting into the passenger compartment and passenger spaces shall not be heated directly by the vehicle exhaust system.

(3) The heating system which is burning petrol or oil must be approved by

-WHAT? Community, in accordance with Directive 2001 /56/EC ("e" mark),

-WHAT? ECE in accordance with Regulations 122 ("E"-label),

-WHAT? Emergency Management Board ("B"-or "SB" label),

-WHAT? Statens Provmental anstalt, Sweden ("SP" label), or

-WHAT? Kraftfahrt Bundeand, Germany ("

BL487_4_14.jpg Size : (34 X 8)

The "-brand". The heating system which is incinerating F gas must be approved in accordance with the Gas Regulation, Part C ("CE" or "DG" label), or must have been approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 2001 /56/EC or ECE Regulation 122.

(4) F-gas-powered heating system which is connected to the fuel tank in the vehicle for the operation of the f-gas tank, between the fuel tank and the evaporator evaporator must be fitted with a magnetic valve, which will disclose the fuel line when : The heating system is not being used. The magnetic valve shall be such as to direct pressure from the vaporator to be diverted into the fuel line.

(5) The heating system must be installed in such a way as to be installed ;

a) the combustion chamber and so on to the combustion chamber are airtight, separated from the driver, passenger and varerum,

b) that it is not possible to absorbate carbon monoxide content,

c) the starting pipe for internal combustion products outside the carros; or from the exhaust system, and

d) the pipes and surfaces that reach a temperature of more than 90 ° C have a distance of not less than 50 mm from combustible material.

7.07 Awarming Facility

7.07.002 AirconditionFacility

(1) Originally fitted air-conditioning with fluorinated greenhouse gases in the Community type-approved or standard type-approved passenger car M1 or item car N1 of a class I (reference mass of not more than 1,305 kg of not more than 1,300 kg) must satisfy the following : technical requirements laid down in Directive 2006 /40/EC, implemented by Community Regulation No 706/2007, and must comply with the provisions of the following point. (a) or (b).

In the case of an air conditioner with fluorinated greenhouse gases in such a vehicle, it must be approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 2006 /40/EC, implemented by Community Regulation No 706/2007 and must comply with the provisions of the following point. (a) or (b).

a) The fluorinated greenhouse gases must have a global warming potential (GWP-value) of more than 150.

This item applies only to car that type approacs before 1. January, 2011, and register before 1. January 2017.

b) The fluorinated greenhouse gases must have a global warming potential (GWPvalue) of not more than 150.

(2) Fluorinated greenhouse gases in air-conditioning systems, which are complied with on 1. January 2017 or later in person car M1 or van N1 of Class I, cf. Act. (1), must have a global warming-up potential (GWPvalue) of not more than 150.

The provisions shall apply irrespective of the time of initial registration.

(3) Fluorinated greenhouse gases in air-conditioning units in passenger car M1 or van N1 of Class I, cf. Act. (1), then 1. January 2017 or later have a global warming potential (GWPvalue) of not more than 150. However, this does not apply to greenhouse gases in air-conditioning which originate in an original greenhouse gases with larger GWP value and fitted to the car before 1. January 2017, cf. Oh, my. (1) and (2). This also does not apply to greenhouse gases which are filled before 1. January 2017, cf. Oh, my. (1) and (2).

This provision shall apply regardless of the time of initial registration.

7.09 Fuel Plant for F-gas

7.09.001 General provisions

(1) The fuel tank and power cords and other parts of the fuel system shall be so designed, arranged and attached so that vibrations and so on shall not result in the risk of slime or fracture of the normal use of the vehicle.

(2) All parts of the fuel system must be suitable for F-gas and be resistant to the pressure and temperatures of the plant.

(3) Armatur for fuel tank, fuel lines, evaporates, and the reduction valve shall be marked with the manufacturer and type designation.

7.09.002 Fuel Container

(1) Fuel tank

a) must be approved, produced, checked and labelled in accordance with the Order of the Work in the Work in the Order of the Work for the Health and Safety of 1. November 1983 on F-gas containers in vehicles,

b) must be firmly attached to the vehicle's load-bearing parts,

c) must have a distance of at least 0,10 m from the exhaust system (s), unless a container is placed between the container and the exhaust system ; and

d) may not be placed in the driver, passenger or engine compartment.

(2) In the case of fuel tank positioned within the body of the body, the room in which the container exists must be ventilated for the release. Ventilation soles

a) must have an area of at least 500 mm ; 2 ,

b) must result at least 0,25 m from the exhaust system parts, and

c) must be located so that it is not covered by luggage and so on.

(3) The fuel vessel placed under the vehicle must be so attached that the fuel tank must be fitted from the front and from the rear to any load of the vehicle between the service weight and the maximum laden weight,

a) the whole of its cross section is protected by fixed parts of the vehicle &apos; s structure ; or

b) is protected against the damage caused by a heavy foreclosure that is not allowed to reduce the height of the vehicle.

7.09.003 Armatur for fuel tank

(1) Fixed fuel tank fitted must be fitted with :

a) Infused valve outside of the bodywork and spring the contravenants in the vessel &apos; s filling of the container.

b) Manual lockout valve at the launch wire. The lockout valve shall be fitted with a plumbing valve, which shall automatically seal off the departure of the wire.

c) The security valve with a separate deflection line with a mouthpiece at least 0,25 m from the exhaust system parts. The safety valve shall open at 28 ± 2 bar pressure and close down no later than 90% of the opening pressure. Capacity must be at least 6 m3 atmospheric air per capacit; Minute 35 bar overload. The safety valve must be connected to the steam phase in the fuel tank and be marked with the opening pressure.

d) Automatic-acting refill valve, which allows for a maximum of 85% of the fuel tank filling.

(e) The Pejlevalve and fixed hover for checking 85% filling of the container. The pejlevalve shall be stowed on the container and equipped with a densely closing muff for obstruction of gas flow at the inadvertenment opening of the valve. The sowing sowing sowing in the pejlevalve shall not exceed 1,4 mm.

(2) A fuel tank must be able to be sealed off immediately at the container and must be fitted with a plumbing valve.

(3) Between the fuel tank and evaporator, there must be a barrier valve (magnet valve) to be operated from the driver &apos; s seat. The lockout valve must close when the ignition is disconnected.

(4) If a fuel tank forms several, connected fuel tanks, there must be no overflow between the containers. This may be considered to be fulfilled if there is a conversion valve between the containers which can be operated from the driver &apos; s seat or there is a counterpart in the discharges of the containers.

(5) The fuel tank (1) (b) and (3) vents shall be fitted with the fuel tank (1) (b) and (3).

7.09.004 Fuel power cords

(1) Fuel cables may only be carried out as necessary as a result of the driver, passenger and varerum, and must be protected from the damage from goods or baggage.

(2) Between the fuel tank and evaporated shall be used with an eminent, namless copper tube with a diameter of not more than 10 mm and a weight of at least 0,8 mm above.

(3) If the fuel tank and its refitentis are separated, they must be connected to a flexible snake.

(4) Medial reduction valve and gas mixer (carburetor) must be used flexibly.

(5) Fuel sacrifice must be combined with the piping metal pellet of metal. Any packs must be of metal.

(6) Fuel fuel snakes must be able to withstand a pressure of 30 bars and be fitted with gever couplers. Other serpents must be equipped with a slimmer hand and a belt of straits.

7.09.005 Preparing

(1) The water warmed evaporator shall be at a distance of at least 0,10 m from the exhaust system parts, unless fitted with the evaporation between vapors and the exhaust system.

(2) The evaporator in the exhaust system shall be of seamless steel tubes.

7.09.006 Reduction valve

(1) Reduction valve :

a) Do not be placed in the driver, passenger, or varerum.

b) Should the gas flow to the engine be automatically stopped, if the engine stops on the ignition, unless the fuel line is fitted with a special valve with similar function.

7.09.007 Choker

(1) The shock device must be so designed that the overdosing of F gas cannot be carried out during the normal use of the shock. In the case of electric shocks, this may be considered to be fulfilled if the shock can only be activated during the use of the engine start engine.

7.09.020 Bil

(1) No part of the gas facility must rage outside of the vehicle &apos; s contours.

(2) The part of the gas plant located outside the bodywork shall be so arranged or shielded or shielded that they are protected from damage to the normal use of the vehicle.

(3) In the fuel tank, in the bodywork, the armatures must have been protected from the damage caused by cargo and baggage from a gas set, which has to be ventilated directly to the free. The ventilation must comply with the requirements of the PICT. 7.09.002 (2).

7.09.021 Personnel M1

(1) In the passenger car M1, the fuel tank is placed in the trunk, the tank unagtet is in direct connection with the passenger compartment.

7.09.024 Commodia N1

(1) In the van N1, where the fuel tank is stored in the alert room, container, armatur and fuel cords shall be protected from damage with a shielding of a force similar to the separation between cab and the room.

(2) In the van N1, where the heating room is in direct connection with the driver &apos; s cab, the fuel tank may be positioned in the driver &apos; s cab.

7.09.025 Lastvan N2

(1) For lorry N2, the rules for van N1 apply.

7.09.09.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for van N1 apply.

8. Barming Items

8.01 Chassis

8.01.001 General provisions

(1) The Chassis framework, self-supporting bodywork and frames shall be able to withstand the effects which arise during the normal use and load of the vehicle.

(2) Collections shall be suitably carried out and placed where the parts of the collection covered are at least loaded. Bolts must be particularly protected against separation.

(3) The Chassis framework, self-sustained bodywork and frames must not be deformed or otherwise damaged or tarnished to the extent that the vehicle is a danger to road safety.

8.01.002 Chassisframe

(1) Booking on the profile flanges must not be the fuldient road.

(2) The tracking of holes in the flanges of the framework are to be avoided.

(3) lassekran, loading spank, tippelad or similar shall be fitted in accordance with the vehicle manufacturer &apos; s instructions or for the chasinic framework of steel, so that the voltage in this use of such devices does not exceed 150 N/mm 2 (1500 cp/centimeters 2 ).

8.01.023 Personnel M3

(1) Ledbus :

a) The wiring shall be designed so that the front and rear parts of the bus are not separated, irrespective of any part of the joint section of the wiring.

b) The wiring shall be designed and shielded so that there is no danger of passengers.

8.02 Holidays

8.02.001 General provisions

(1) Tires, rims and wheelcamps and so on shall be undamaged.

8.02.002 Tires

(1) Tires

a) Must have at least equivalent to the permissible maximum mass of the vehicle and be calculated at the peak speed of the vehicle.

b) Must be of dimension and shaping similar to the rim.

c) Should be clearly and tenable be marked with the name or mark of the manufacturer and / or the regulation company name or mark.

d) In the case of a vehicle with the maximum permitted speed of more than 30 km/h, the mark must be clearly marked with the carrier capacity and speed declaration.

(2) the pattern depth of the vehicle with the maximum permitted speed of more than 30 km/h must be at least

a) 1,6 mm for maximum laden weight of not more than 3,500 kilograms and

b) 1,0 mm for laden mass of more than 3,500 kilograms.

The pattern depth shall be measured in the main pattern, which shall mean the wide riller in the middle part of the abyss bank that covers approximately 5 or 30 pounds. 3/4 of the width of the slid bank.

(3) Tires for which at least 1,6 mm of pattern depth must be provided with the slidindicators (TWI).

Slidindicators shall give visual warning when the pattern depth of the main pattern has been reduced to 1,6 mm.

Slidindicators shall be situated in cross-bound rows in the main pattern of the treacomon.

(4) The inflated pressure must be in conformity with the vehicle manufacturer specified, but not more than 9 bar.

(5) On the same axle, tyres of the same dimension and type other than tyres are used, except for tyres for temporary use.

(6) Tyres are broken down into types, depending on building and application category

a) structure :

-WHAT? radial tyres

-WHAT? diagonal tyres

b) application category :

-WHAT? ordinary tyres (without M + S marking)

-WHAT? terrain and winter tyres (with M + S-branding) tyres for temporary use (emergency spare wheel).

(7) Single-mounted tyres on axle-load permissible on more than 8,000 kg must be radial tyres.

8.02.003 Trap

(1) A vehicle's original rim may be replaced by a rim of a different type and dimension, provided that it has no adverse impact on the functioning of the steering gear or the brakes or in the case of increased workloads on the wheel of the wheel.

(2) Nav and wheel nuts must be within the outer surface of the deck or by wheel capsule or similar.

8.02.010 Motordtorn vehicle

(1) The motor vehicle must be equipped with tyres on all wheels.

(2) The provision in paragraph 8.02.002 (4) for a maximum pumping pressure of 9 bar shall not apply to motor vehicle which is solely used as traction force for block carriage.

8.02.020 Bil

(1) Car may be equipped with terrain and winter tyres intended for at least 160 km/h (speed tagging minimum Q), regardless of the top speed of the vehicle exceeds 160 km/h.

(2) About the requirements for twin-mounted tyres on driving axle, see the provisions in point. 3.01.020.

(3) Tires, other than regulatory decks, shall be approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 92 /23/EEC or ECE Regulations 30, 54 or 64.

(4) The rebated tyres must be approved and labelled according to ECE Regulation 108 or 109.

(5) Covering must be noise-approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 92/23/EEC as amended by 2001 /43/EC or ECE Regulation 117, excluding those of :

-WHAT? Regulation-related tyres,

-WHAT? decks intended for a speed of 80 km/h,

-WHAT? deck with a nominal rim diameter of not more than 254 mm (10 `) or at least 635 mm (25 "),

-WHAT? tyres of the spare wheel for temporary use and

-WHAT? the spikes.

The determination will enter into force

-WHAT? 1. October 2009, however

-WHAT? 1. in October 2010, for passenger car tyres with a width of more than 185 mm but not more than 215 mm and

-WHAT? 1. October 2011 for passenger car tyres with a width of more than 215 mm.

The provision shall apply to car registered for the first time on the date of entry into force or later.

The provision also applies to car registered for the first time on 1. October 1980 or later. However, this does not apply to tyres which have been installed on the vehicle before the date of entry into force, or decks covered by the transitional arrangement in the case of the transitional period. (6).

(6) The provision is in a furtive. (5) shall not apply to tyres at the installation, accompanied by a certificate issued by the manufacturer or his representative, confirming the installation,

a) that the tyre satisfies the limit values for tyre noise in Directive 2001 /43/EC or ECE Regulations 117 and

b) the deck is imported into Denmark before 1. October 2009.

8.02.021 Personnel M1

(1) The person car M1 must, notwithstanding the permissible maximum laden weight, be fitted with a design depth of at least 1,6 mm.

(2) CAR M1 must be fitted with tyres of the same type on all wheels.

8.02.022 Personnel M2

(1) Co-car M2 with maximum laden weight exceeding 3,500 kilograms may be fitted with tyres intended for at least 120 km/h, regardless of the peak speed of the vehicle exceeds 120 km/h.

8.02.023 Personnel M3

(1) For passenger car M3, the rules for passenger car M2 apply.

8.02.024 Commodity N1

(1) Track N1 with maximum laden weight of not more than 3 000 kg must be fitted with a tyre of the same type on all wheels.

8.02.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 equipped with tyres intended for at least 100 km/h, regardless of the peak speed of the vehicle exceeds 100 km/h.

8.02.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

8.02.030 Motorcycle

(1) Motorcycle must be equipped with a design depth of at least 1,0 mm.

8.02.040 Knallert

(1) The moped must be fitted with a pattern depth of at least 1,0 mm.

8.02.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor, which is not to be approved or registered, can be fitted with other elastic wheel clothing, belts with analogous properties or smooth valences.

8.02.060 Motor Vehis

(1) A motor vehicle may be fitted with other elastic wheel clothing, belts with analogous properties or smooth valties.

8.02.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) The motor vehicle block with the maximum permissible speed of not more than 15 km/h may be fitted with other elastic wheel clothing or belts with analogous properties.

(2) The motor vehicle block with the maximum permissible speed of not more than 30 km/h may be fitted with tyres intended for at least 50 km/h, regardless of the peak speed of the vehicle exceeds 50 km/h.

(3) The motor vehicle block with the maximum permitted speed of 45 km/h may be fitted with tyres intended for at least 70 km/h, regardless of the peak speed of the vehicle exceeds 70 km/h.

(4) The motor vehicle block with the maximum permitted speed of 60 km/h may be fitted with tyres intended for at least 80 km/h, regardless of the peak speed of the vehicle exceeds 80 km/h.

(5) The provision in paragraph 8.02.002 (4) for a maximum pumping pressure of 9 bar shall not apply to motor vehicle motor vehicle. However, the provision shall be made in cases where large volumes of volume are required.

8.02.100 Trailers

(1) Trailers shall be equipped with tyres on all wheels.

(2) The registration duty of trailers shall be fitted with tyres intended for at least 100 km/h.

(3) Tractor trailer and non-registration duty on trailer must be fitted with tyres intended for at least 30 km/h.

8.02.110 Appestrung / semi-trailer to car

(1) Tires, other than regulatory decks, shall be approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 92 /23/EEC or ECE Regulations 30, 54 or 64.

(2) Retire tyres must be approved and labelled according to ECE Regulation 108 or 109.

(3) Tires must be sound approved and labelled in accordance with Directive 92 /23/EEC as amended by 2001 /43/EC or ECE Regulation 117 excluding :

-WHAT? Regulation-related tyres,

-WHAT? decks intended for a speed of 80 km/h,

-WHAT? deck with a nominal rim diameter of not more than 254 mm (10 `) or at least 635 mm (25 "),

-WHAT? tyres of the spare wheel for temporary use and

-WHAT? the spikes.

The determination will enter into force

-WHAT? 1. October 2009, however

-WHAT? 1. in October 2010, for passenger car tyres with a width of more than 185 mm but not more than 215 mm and

-WHAT? 1. October 2011 for passenger car tyres with a width of more than 215 mm.

The determination shall apply to the vehicle being registered for the first time on the date of entry into force or later.

The provision is also applicable to the vehicle registered for the first time on 1. October 1980 or later. However, this does not apply to tyres which have been fitted to the vehicle prior to the date of entry into force or to which cover is covered by the system of access in the case of the entry into force of the scheme. 8.02.020 (6).

8.02.122 Tractor trailer to non-registration of the tractor

(1) The tractor trailer for non-approval tractor may be fitted with other elastic wheel clothing, belts with equivalent properties or smooth valves.

8.02.130 Intractor vehicle

(1) trailer for motor vehicle may be fitted with other elastic wheel clothing, belts with analogous properties or smooth valties.

8.02.141 Camping

(1) For trailer trailer, the rules applicable to trailer / semi-trailer are applicable to car.

8.02.142 Other registration obligations for the event

(1) For other registration obligations, the rules applicable to trailers / semi-trailer (s) shall apply to car.

8.02.143 Non-registration obligation for the event

(1) In the case of non-registration duty, the rules applicable to trailer to a motor vehicle must be subject to the rules.

8.02.150 P/V-vehicle

(1) Trailer vehicle must be equipped with a design depth of at least 1,0 mm.

8.02.199 Bloki

(1) The maximum permissible speed of not more than 15 km/h may be fitted with other elastic wheel clothing, belts with analogous properties or smooth valties.

(2) The maximum permissible speed of not more than 30 km/h must be fitted with tyres intended for at least 50 km/h.

(3) Ballowagon with the maximum permitted speed of 45 km/h must be fitted with tyres intended for at least 70 km/h.

(4) Ballowagon with the maximum permitted speed of 60 km/h must be fitted with a tyre intended for at least 80 km/h.

(5) Bloki with the maximum permissible speed of more than 60 km/h must comply with the registration requirements for vehicle registration duty.

(6) The provision made in paragraph 8.02.002 (4) on a maximum pump-up of 9 bars shall not apply to block carriage.

8.03 Hjulophins

8.03.001 General provisions

(1) The Hjulophins and its attachment to the chassis framework, self-supporting bodywork or frames shall be able to withstand the effects of the normal use and load of the vehicle.

(2) No such thing as a result of wear or similar vein may appear in the wheel of the herd as a whole or in its individual parts.

(3) The Hjulophins must be so designed that appropriate dampening of the volatility of the volatility of the road haushness of the road hauth.

8.03.002 Aksler

(1) Aksler must have a carrier capacity that is at least equivalent to that of the vehicle &apos; s permissible axle load.

8.03.003 Bogieconstructs

(1) In the case of vehicles with a total bogie pressure exceeding 3 500 kg, the bubble must be so constructed that an increase in load on one of the axles is automatically distributed on all axles that are part of the bogie.

(2) Any axle in the bogie shall be capable of crossing an 80 mm high hurdle, without any part of the countervailing device, to the flat-rate stop.

(3) On the motor vehicle where the first and second axle is the steering and having an inter-axis distance of less than 2,10 m, these axles must not satisfy the requirements of the furtive. (1) and (2).

(4) In the case of bogie constructs with three axles, the distance between the front and the rear axle must not exceed 3,60 m.

8.03.004 Fjedre

(1) Fjedre must have a carrier that is at least equivalent to the vehicle &apos; s permissible axle pressure.

8.03.005 Noise dampers

(1) Noise dampers on the same axle must have the same dampeners.

8.03.020 Bil

(1) Car must be provided with the suspension of all the axles.

(2) About the requirements for road-friendly suspension of driving axle, see the provisions in point. 3.01.020.

8.03.021 Personnel M1

(1) Cl-car M1 must be equipped with shock dampers on all wheels.

8.03.022 Personnel M2

(1) Personnel M2 follows the rules for passenger car M1.

8.03.023 Personnel M3

(1) Cl-car M3 must be fitted with shock dampers at the front wheel.

8.03.024 Commodity N1

(1) Track N1 follows the rules for passenger car M1.

8.03.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Lastvan N2 follows the rules for passenger car M3.

8.03.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Truck N3 follows the rules for passenger car M3.

8,03.030 Motorcycle

(1) The motorcycle must be fitted with the steaddained suspension of the front axle.

(2) Wagon shall be fitted with suspension between wheel and bodywork or load.

8.03.110 Intrailers / semi-trailer

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer to the car shall be fitted with the suspension of all the axles.

8.03.141 Camping

(1) A RV must be provided with the suspension of all the axles.

(2) RV of maximum laden weight of not more than 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with shock-dampers or other dusting device in the suspension system.

8.03.142 Other registration obligations for the event

(1) Other registration duty-liable follows the rules of trailer.

8.03.150 P/C/Vehicle Vehicle

(1) Trailers for motorcycles must be fitted with

a) an axle with one or two wheels ;

b) the suspension of all wheels, and

c) shock dampers or any other dusting device.

9. Carrosers, structure. Oh.

9.01 Carrosance

9.01.001 General provisions

(1) The body of bodywork-including self-carrying bodywork-shall be firmly attached to the vehicle &apos; s load-parts and must be so designed that sharp edges or projections and so on shall not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

(2) As new, EC type-approval and standard type-approved passenger car M1 and van N1 must comply with the requirements with regard to reusable, and so on in Directive 2005 /64/EC.

The determination will enter into force

a) the 15th. December 2008 for new types of vehicle and

b) the 15th. July 2010 for cars registered for the first time on that date or later.

9.01.002 Wheels Screens

(1) The registration duty vehicle with a maximum design speed of more than 40 km/h must be fitted with screens above all the wheels.

(2) The provisions on foreclosure shall be satisfied by service weight. In the case of vehicles where the vertical distance between the wheel and the body of bodywork is set, the provisions must be fulfilled by the normal position of the manufacturer of the vehicle manufacturer.

(3) In the case of a double or tripleak vehicle, the wheels on the same page may have joint foreclosure, which in front of the centre wheel centre and behind the centre of the rear wheel meet the foreclosure provisions and which have an unbroken horizontal part of the wheels.

(4) The prescribed foreclosure must be provided through the bodywork or structure of the vehicle or by the establishment of special screens over the wheels.

(5) foreclosure :

a) Should be firmly attached to the vehicle &apos; s bodywork or body parts and must be so designed that sharp edges or external projections and so on shall not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

b) Should appear as a whole, regardless of whether the foreclosure may be composed of several elements.

c) Could be royalty, either assemble or in parts.

9.01.003 Dear

(1) The door handles and hinges shall be so designed and arranged that they do not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

(2) Door shall be fitted with door lock, which may keep the door closed during the run.

(3) The door hinges must be firmly attached to both death and bodywork.

(4) When opening automatic door the distance between the outer point and the carrosserie shall not exceed 0,45 m.

9.01.004 Adskiments

(1) Separation between the driver &apos; s cab and room shall be at least covering the driver &apos; s seat and must reach from floor to ceiling.

The requirement shall be deemed to be fulfilled if the segregation is not least covered by the seat and the neck support, both in the highest position. However, at most a distance of 0,10 m between the separation and the ceiling of the ceiling shall be measured in the vertical centre line of the seat.

(2) The separation of the separation and its attachment to the vehicle must be given such strength as to withstand the load from forward loading goods at a deceleration of the vehicle of 10 m/s2 or meet requirements for strength, cf. ISO/DIS 27956, pkt. 4.1.

(3) Separation can consist of :

a) Fined wire cutter in a metal frame.

b) Plot of metal, wood or carbon fiber.

c) Plade of splintered plastic material. The plate must be placed in a metal frame.

d) Laminated glass approved and labelled cf. Act. 10.03.020 (1). The glass must be placed in a metal frame.

(4) Separation in passenger spaces may also consist of safety glass, cf. Act. 10.03.003 (1).

(5) Separation shall not prevent the outlook on the outside of the rear view mirror.

(1) Lock in door to lead and passenger spaces automatically when the door closes and must have a security job and a closure charge.

9.01.021 Personnel M1

(1) Hjulafpanning :

a) Must have the vault or the U-shaped cross section, if the conva page turns downwards and inwards towards the deck with a cross-depth depth of at least 30 mm in the deepest place above the slidbane of the tyre. The cross-section depth is measured in the upper, vertical radial plane through the centre of the wheel, and may, incidentally, be phased out to 0 mm at 30 ° in front of and at 50 ° behind for this radial radial level.

b) In the width of the deck, the upper part of the wheel shall at least 30 ° in front of and at least 50 ° behind for the upper vertical radial plane through the centre of the wheel. The width of the tyre shall be measured in the aforementioned radial plane, but be ignored from the body of text and the ornamental and similar type of tyre to protect the tyre side.

c) In such a way, the distance from the edge of the screen to the wheel centre line does not exceed 2,0 times the radius of the tyre within the required range (from 30 ° ahead to 50 ° behind of the upper, vertical radial plane).

The radius of the tyre is measured at the center of the slime lane in the upper vertical radial plane through the center of the wheel.

d) To cover the rear part of the wheel from a horizontal plane of not more than 0,15 m above the centre of the deck in such a way that the intersection of the wheel of the wheel and the horizontal plane do not lie within the centre of the deck of the deck. In the case of double-mounted wheels, the median longitudinal deck shall be fitted with the outer deck.

9.01.020 Bil

BL487_4_25.jpg Size : (325 X 385)

(2) The person car M1 on which the lowest seat of the service is not more than 0,70 m above the road shall comply with the constructive provisions of Directive 96 /27/EC, or US standard FMVSS 214 para S6, on protection by side-collision.

The provision does not apply to phases of construction, produced in a number of not more than 500 (5). per Years.

(3) Co-car M1 with a maximum laden weight of not more than 2 500 kilograms shall comply with the constructive provisions of Directive 96 /79/EC or US standard FMVSS 208 on the protection of the front-head collision.

The provision does not apply to phases of construction, produced in a number of not more than 500 (5). per Years.

(4) Co-car M1, with a maximum permissible maximum weight of not more than 2 500 kilograms, must meet the technical requirements for the batch (pedestrian protection) of the Community Regulation 78/2009, Annex 1, point. Two or three.

The determination will enter into force

a) the 24th. Nov 2009 for new types of vehicle, and

b) the 31. In December 2012 for cars that are registered for the first time on this date or later.

(5) Co-car M1, with a maximum permissible maximum weight of not more than 2 500 kilograms, must meet the technical requirements for the batch (pedestrian protection) of the Community Regulation 78/2009, Annex 1, point. 3.

The determination will enter into force

a) the 24th. February 2013 for new types of vehicle, and

b) the 24th. February 2018 for cars registered for the first time on that date or later.

(6) Co-car M1, with a maximum laden weight exceeding 2,500 kilograms, must meet the technical requirements for the batch (pedestrian protection) of Community Regulation 78/2009, Annex 1, point. 3.

The determination will enter into force

a) the 24th. February 2015 for new types of vehicle and

b) the 24th. February 2019 for cars registered for the first time on that date or later.

(7) Co-car M1 derived from a van N1, with a maximum laden weight exceeding 2,500 kg and the cab &apos; s R point either in front of the front axle or no more than 1,10 m behind the front axle must not satisfy the provision in point. (6).

9.01.022 Personnel M2

(1) Hjulafpanning :

a) Must cover the wheel in the full width of the tyre.

b) Should have the vault or the U-shaped cross section whose depth is at least 10% of the width of the screen, but not less than 30 mm.

c) shall cover the upper part of the wheel in the area from at least 30 ° in front of a vertical plane through the centre of the wheel to a horizontal plane situated not more than 0,10 m above the centre of the wheel.

d) Must be so designed that the distance from the centre of the screen to the centre of the wheel does not exceed 2,0 times the radius of the wheel.

(2) The rear-wheel rear-wheel must also cover the wheel from a horizontal plane located at least 0,05 m below the centre of the wheel. The part of the foreclosure located below a horizontal plane situated 0,10 m above the centre of the wheel shall not comply with the provisions of the centre of the wheel. (1) (b) and (d).

(3) The maximum mass not exceeding 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with the maximum laden weight of not more than 3,500 kilograms per car-car service. In the case of rear rear tire, however, the width of the tyre must be fitted to 0,05 m below the centre of the wheel.

9.01.023 Personnel M3

(1) The M3 person car must be fitted with the wheel-fencing by the passenger car M2.

(2) The M3 passenger car intended for the transport of more than 17 persons shall comply with the constructive provisions of ECE Regulation 66 on the strengthening of the superstructure of large passenger cars.

(3) The provisions of the provisions in point. (2) not applicable to passenger car M3, where the permitted number of bats represents 20% or more of the maximum authorised passenger number and which is solely approved for regular services.

(4) The provisions of the provisions of paragraph 1. (2) not applicable to passenger car M3 in two levels.

9.01.024 Commodia N1

(1) CAR N1 must be equipped with the wheel-fencing by the passenger car M1.

(2) The Varela with a closed alert room must be equipped with separation between the driver &apos; s cab and room.

(3) Wet N1 with closed varerum, which has died in the left hand side, must also bear death in the rear or right side of the alert system.

(4) For the van N1, the provisions shall apply to the provisions of the goods. 9.01.021 (2) for passenger car M1 on the protection of side collision.

(5) Track N1, derived from a passenger car M1, and with a maximum laden weight of not more than

2,500 kilograms shall comply with the requirements of the furtive. 9.01.021 (4) and (5).

(6) Item N1 must comply with the requirements of passenger car M1 in point. 9.01.021 (6) regardless of the maximum permissible weight.

(7) Track N1 with the cab &apos; s R-point either in front of the front axle or no more than 1,10 m behind the front axle shall not satisfy the provision in point. (5) and (6).

9.01.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 must be fitted with the wheel-fencing by the passenger car M2.

(2) Truck N2 with a closed room room follows the rules for van N1 in point. 9.01.024 (2) and (3) on segregation and doors in the alert room.

(3) Lastvan N2, which is designed to tow semi-trailer, may be adjusted in such a way as to remove the part of the rear wheel-wheel (s) above the trajectable of the tyre, and the front of the wheel must be removed when the vehicle is linked to the wheel ; semi-trailer. The bodywork or structure of the semen shall in such a case cover the wheel in full width of the tyre in the case of the tyre.

9.01.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Truck N3 follows the rules for lorry N2.

9.01.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The three-wheel motorcycle shall be fitted with the wheel-fencing of the passenger car of M1. However, the angle in front of the upper, vertical radial plane through the centre of the wheel shall be reduced to 0 °.

9.01.041 Large moped

(1) For three-wheel moped, the rules on three-wheeled motorcycles apply. However, the cross-section depth of the upper vertical radial plane through the centre of the wheel may be less than 30 mm, as in the distance in point. 9.01.021 (1) on (d) may be increased to 0,20 m.

9.01.042 Small moped

(1) Small moped must be fitted with screens over the wheels.

9.01.050 Traktor

(1) The projections of the tractor may not offer any unnecessary danger to other road users and must be so designed in such a way that they are clearly visible outside the light period of light. The working equipment mounted on the tractor shall be regarded as projections.

9.01.060 Motorways

(1) Kranjams, excavates and other external projections shall not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

9.01.100 Trailers

(1) When the front axle is fitted at the centre of the trailer, the part of the screen, the part of the screen, the part of the slide above the trajectory is greater than the diameter of the tyre and is excluded from the wheel, if the vehicle is fitted ; bodywork or structure shall cover the wheel in full width of the deck during execution of the tyre.

9.01.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O1 shall be fitted with the wheel-fencing in accordance with the rules of passenger car M1.

9.01.112 Allestrung / semi-trailer O2

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O2 follows the rules for the trailers / semi-trailer O1.

9.01.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O3 must be fitted with the wheel-fencing in accordance with the rules for lorry N2.

9.01.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) The trailer / semi-trailer O4 follows the rules for trailers / semi-trailer O3.

9.01.141 Camping

(1) The RV shall be fitted with the wheel-fencing of the rules for the trailers / semi-trailer O1.

9.01.142 Other registration duty-liable

(1) The second registration duty instrument with a maximum permissible weight of not more than 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with the wheel of the wheel after the rules for trailing trailer / semi-trailer O1.

(2) The second registration duty instrument with a maximum permissible weight of more than 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with a wheel of the wheel after the rules for trailing trailer / semi-trailer O3.

9.01.150 Trailers for motorcycles

(1) Trailers to motorcycles shall be fitted with the wheel-fencing of the rules for the trailer / trailer of O1.

9.01.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice &apos; s notice on driving licences.

9.01.340 Extreme vehicle

(1) Ambulance shall be equipped with separation between the driver &apos; s compartment and the stretcher room. Separation shall not satisfy the provision in point. 9.01.004 (5).

(2) The upper part of the separation may have been placed in a glass pane of laminated glass.

9.02 Building with a load of "m". Oh.

9.02.001 General provisions

(1) Let and so on must be firmly attached to the vehicle's load-bearing parts and must be so designed that sharp edges and projections do not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

9.02.002 Building with a fixed load

(1) Let the charges and so on shall be so designed and placed that they do not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

9.02.003 Build with tippelad

(1) Tippelad must be assured against sliding forward when loading is in a transport position.

(2) Three-way tippelad shall be fitted with locking devices capable of maintaining the charge in the transport position.

(3) The device must be such that the lifting movement shall automatically terminate when the charge is in its top position and that the charge can be maintained in any position.

9.02.004 Building to Container

(1) Vehicle construction with container must be fitted with container locks that can safely retain the container for the vehicle.

9.02.005 Building to AC let

(1) The vehicle with the interchange load must be fitted with devices which can ensure that the vehicle is maintained in a safe manner.

9.02.025 Lastvan N2

(1) On lorry N2, let the range, etc., whose distance above the road is less than 1,80 m, comply with the following requirements :

a) The corner shall be so designed and arranged that no part of the crew should be any more than 20 mm outside the charge side.

b) Prevent slope must be the case in the ladas page.

c) Collect battle (s) must have rounded edges and must not rage more than 20 mm outside the charge page. Meeting trickages that are not lowered must not rage more than 10 mm outside the charge page.

d) The adjections shall be so designed or made that the angle between the side and the ladders does not exceed 30 °. Ladders may also be considered to be shielded if the loading page of the entire length of the length has a side screen consisting of a surface that is at least 0,10 m. The Ladders must not be grabbing on the surface.

(e) Snuangees and hooks, etc. must be shielded with lists or similar.

(f) Thrilling posals for the presentation structure must not be more than 25 mm outside the tarp.

9.02.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

9.02.113 Appalant / semi-trailer O3

(1) For the trailer / semi-trailer O3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

(2) Let the semi-trailer must not grope above the car's driver &apos; s cab.

9.02.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) In the case of trailers / semi-trailer, O4 applies to the rules applicable to the trailers / semi-trailer O3.

9.02.150 P/V-vehicle

(1) Trailers for passenger transport must not be registered for passenger transport.

9.02.461 Vehicle for animal transport

(1) Vehicle for animal transport shall comply with the provisions of the Ministry of Justice &apos; s publication on the transport of animals.

9.03 Building with Tank

9.03.001 General provisions

(1) The tank must be firmly attached to the vehicle and must be so designed that sharp edges or external projections are not an unnecessary danger to other road users.

(2) The gradeus of the fully loaded vehicle shall not be situated in a larger distance above the trajectable than the track gauge for the outer wheels.

9.03.002 Tanke on the leave

(1) Thoughts on leave shall be determined in accordance with the following rules :

a) Tank with a volume of 0,40 m 3 or more and less than 4,00 m3 must be at least attached to the cross-stocking of the charge.

b) Tank with a volume of 4,00 m 3 or more shall be attached to the vehicle chasframe.

9.03.003 Skvulging plates

(1) Tank or tankers for the transport of liquid substances must be divided into sections of not more than 7,50 m to the use of liquid compounds (1) 3 .

Skin plates must be positioned perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the tank, and shall have an area of at least 70% of the intersectional area of the tank.

(2) The determination is in a furtive. (1) Do not apply to tanks that are always used at least 80% of full or not more than 20% full.

(3) The provision is in the case. (1) Do not apply to the sludge tank.

(4) The determination in point. (1) Do not apply to the tank that is manufactured before 1. ' April 1993, which meets the furs. 9.03.003 (1) in the Retail Regulation of Vehicles 1992.

9.03.410 Vehicle transport for dangerous goods

(1) Vehicle with a gas tank other than 3 000 litres intended for the transport of liquid or molded substances and tested by a pressure less than 4 bar, the full load shall apply to the full load that the vehicle must meet the technical requirements of ECE-Regulation 111 (has been stabilized (not toppling) at a lateral acceleration of at least 4,0 m/s2 or at least 23 ° (a tilt) test.

(2) Vehicle with tank (other than tank container) less than 3 000 litres or tanks not intended for the transport of liquid or molded substances or tanks tested by a pressure greater than or equal to 4.0 bar, shall apply to full cargo,

a) the vehicle must be stabilise-stable (not tumbling) at a lateral acceleration of at least 4,0 m/s2 (for semi-trailer intended for the axle group alone), or

b) the centre of gravity of the vehicle must not be situated at a larger distance than 90% of the track gauge for the outermost wheels.

(3) The determination between the tank and vehicle must be able to withstand the load corresponding to :

a) In the direction of driving : two times the weight of the tank full.

b) The horizontal plane perpendicular to the driving direction : one times the weight of the tank-filled tank.

c) Vertical upwards : one times the weight of the tank-filled tank.

d) Vertical down : two times the weight of the stuffed tank.

9.04 Ladspring m. Oh.

9.04.001 General provisions

(1) As a charge, the part of the latitude / construct located outside the outer point of the cab shall be considered as a charge.

9.04.024 Commodia N1

(1) Ladlet-forward may not exceed 0,15 m.

9.05 Tilcoupling devices

9.05.001 General provisions

(1) coupling device :

a) Must be firmly attached to the vehicle's load-bearing parts. Bolteties must be protected against separation.

b) Should be able to withstand the effects which arise during the normal use of the carriage train.

c) Should be fitted with a mechanical fuse device preventing the unintentional unintentional dissolution.

d) shall be so designed and arranged that the distance between the towing vehicle and the trailer is unchangeable while running straight out.

(2) The coupling part of the towing vehicle and the coupling part of the trailer must be intended for interconnection. There must be no significant veil between the coupling components.

9.05.002 trailer obssure

(1) The trailer-trailer must be so designed and arranged ;

a) the wheels of trailers during the execution of the trailer, as near as possible, following the tracks for the wheel of the tractor wheel ; and

b) the combination of coupled coupled components shall be of a sufficient range of movement.

9.05.003 Ball coupling

(1) The cube connection must be so designed and arranged ;

a) the wheels of trailers during the execution of the trailer, as near as possible, following the tracks for the wheel of the tractor wheel ; and

b) the combination of coupled coupled components shall be of a sufficient range of movement.

9.05.004 Bag-vehicle obssure

(1) The tram must be so designed and arranged that the semi-trailer has sufficient mobility in relation to the towing vehicle.

(2) The coupling part of the tractor (semi-trailer-trailer) can be so designed that it can be deferred on the vehicle &apos; s longitudinal length. The trailer trailer must be able to be locked in the individual positions.

9.05.021 Personnel M1

(1) On passenger car M1, the coupling device must be fitted to the manufacturer &apos; s instructions.

9.05.024 Commodia N1

(1) For van N1, the rules for passenger car M1.

9.05.030 Motorcycle

(1) The coupling device must be mounted on the motorcycle manufacturer &apos; s instructions or instructions from the manufacturer of the coupling device.

9.05.032 Motorcycle with sidecar

(1) The sidecar shall be attached to the right side of the motorcycle.

9.05.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor must be fitted with coupling device for trailer or tool.

9.05.100 Comtrailers

(1) trailer-trailer, other than semi-trailer, may be equipped with a clear tractor (treacup triangle).

Tree rod

a) they must be able to be locked and safeguarded in individual positions, and

b) the vehicle &apos; s total length and distance between the rear edge of the tractor vehicle and the edge of the trailer or structure on the trailer must not exceed the permitted limit.

(2) The trailer can be equipped with the force-driven tractor (Triangle of Triangle), so that the length of the tree rod and thus the distance between the vehicles is to be increased during the execution of the movement.

9.05.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) The tractor (tree triangle) must be sufficient to ensure that the carriage train on a plane is able to carry out 90 ° with full operating strokes without the consecution of the vehicles.

9.05.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) In the case of trailers / semi-trailer, O4 applies to the rules applicable to the trailers / semi-trailer O3.

9.05.310 Vehicle-vision-free interconnection

(1) Car to visual-free interconnection with a maximum laden weight of a maximum of 3,500 kilograms must be fitted with 50 mm coupling ball.

The centre weight of the coating ball shall be located at an altitude of 385 ± 35 mm above the road.

Co-ling ball of lorry N2 and N3 must have a technically permissible weight of trailer on either at least 2000 kg or at least 3 500 kilograms (3500 kilograms).

(2) The semi-trailer-trailer or trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer or trailer-trailer-trailer-trailer or trailer-trailer, which meets the constructive provisions of Directive 94 /20/EC, shall be fitted with a semi-trailer or trailer of semi-trailer or trailer-trailer-trailer or trailer-trailer-trailer, which meets the constructive provisions of Directive 94 to a semi-trailer-driven axle-driven axle.

(3) Lastvan for visual-interconnection with tractor O3 or O4 or a trailer on the chassis for such tractor shall be provided with :

a) 40 mm in trailer trailer, in accordance with ISO 8755-1986,

b) 50 mm in trailer trailer in accordance with ISO 1102-1986 or ECE Regulations 55 or

c) 57 mm of tracklehead, which meets the constructive provisions of Directive 94 /20/EC.

In the centre of the trailer, the centre of the trailer must be situated at a height of 425 ± 75 mm, 650 ± 75 mm or 900 ± 100 mm above the trajectory. In the case of lorry providence, the height requirement must be fulfilled, both with the swolled axle and a lowered axle.

The coupling device intended for the cart must have a maximum vertical load of at least 1000 kilograms.

(4) permissible maximum laden weight of a maximum of 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted with 50 mm ball coupling.

(5) The trailer and the tracksuit of the semi-trailer-trailer-trailer must be fitted with a 2 main bolt. If the semi-trailer has forced-controlled axles, the steering wheel must be carried out via a peel as specified in Directive 94 /20/EC.

(6) On-trailer O3 and O4 and the trailer-trailer tool on chassis for such tractor shall be provided with

a) 40 mm of coupling according to ISO 8755-1986 ;

b) 50 mm of coupling according to ISO 1102-1986 or ECE Regulations 55 or

c) 57 mm of coupling, which complies with the constructive provisions of Directive 94 /20/EC.

The centre &apos; s centre shall be situated at a height of 425 ± 75 mm at a height of 425 ± 75 mm or 900 ± 100 mm above the trajectable.

The height requirement must be fulfilled by horizontal chassis with a horizontal chassis.

In the case of trailers, the height requirement shall also apply to the tree line (parallel bolts), unless the tree of wood is crippled and marked and approved in accordance with Directive 94 /20/EC.

9.06 Baggage porters, bicycle statives, etc.

9.06.001 General provisions

(1) Baggage carrier, bike rack, etc. :

a) Should be so designed and placed that they do not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

b) Should it be so arranged that they do not have an adverse impact on the vehicle's driving capacity by the intended use of the intended use.

c) Must be suitably attached to the vehicle.

(2) The rear end path must be affixed to the rear of the vehicle.

9.06.002 Cows and so on.

(1) The vehicle must not be equipped with radial figures, boneheads and similar cases which, because of form, method of application or material, are in danger of other road users.

9.06.003 Step board

(1) The step board shall be so designed and placed that it does not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

In particular, the projections or projections of the projections shall be equipped with suitable foreclosure or rounded corners or other.

9.06.004 Tagreeus and so on.

(1) The Tagreeon signs and so on shall be so designed and placed that it does not cause any unnecessary danger to other road users.

9.06.005 Safarigitre and so on

(1) The car must be equipped with a safari grid, headboard, headbumps, or similar in accordance with the following rules :

a) A person car M1 and a van N1 can be equipped with a safari and so on. (system for frontal protection) approved, tagged and fitted pursuant to EC Regulation 78/2009, as well as the lamp braces placed at a height of at least 2,00 m above the road.

b) The second vehicle may be equipped with a safarigittes and so on in a repurposed plastic material as well as the lamp-braces placed at a height of at least 2,00 m above the road.

9.06.021 Personnel M1

(1) Tagreeon signs and similar (including roofing on cab) must be at least 0,40 m from the edge of the taum.

(2) The determination is in a furtive. (1) not applicable to car that has business management and a roofing height of at least 1,80 m above the road.

9.06.024 Commodia N1

(1) For van N1, the rules for passenger car M1.

9.07 Extments, insert aid etc. in person car M2/M3

9.07.001 General provisions

(1) Exports may be descension (d.v.s. the door used for the normal passenger and exit), emergency exit exit, emergency exit window or emergency exit member.

(2) Progress on the back (part of the vehicle facing backwards) may be replaced by an emergency exit member on condition that there is an exit in both sides of the vehicle as close to the back as possible.

(3) Any passenger must have access to the required outright exits.

(4) The provisions of section 9.07 shall not apply to a seat row where there is access to a door on each side of the sewer row.

9.07.002 Estiing Door

(1) The free crawl space must be at least 0,55 m, but 0,50 m measured between hand lists.

(2) The intake of the handle must be such that the door may not inadvertently be opened.

(3) On automatic doors, immediately at the door, both outside the door and inside the door is a device that enables the automation to be manually opened, so that the door can be manually opened.

The device

a) be clearly visible ; a maximum of 1,80 m above the road and inside at least 1,60 m above the floor.

b) it must be able to operate regardless of whether the power plant or other energy supply is failing ;

c) shall clearly be marked with instructions on how it is operated, and

d) may be sharted and sealed to prevent abuse.

(4) For automatic doors which cannot be monitored directly from the driver &apos; s place or from regular conductor, from which they are served, the following :

a) In the driver's seat, a signalling device must be given, which will signal the signal until the automatic door is completely closed. The signal device must be controlled by the actual movement of the door.

b) An arrangement of mirrors or television equipment shall be placed on the inside so that the driver immediately from the driver &apos; s seat may be able to monitor all automatic doors, including steps, etc.

(5) The exit door must be located on the right side of the vehicle or the rear of the vehicle.

(6) The automatic extraction-door structure and its operating system must be such that passengers may not get hurt or get caught in the door when it closes.

If the door during closing meets a maximum clamp of not more than 150 N, then it shall automatically open completely. The force can briefly be more than 150 N, but not over 300 N.

9.07.003 Emergency exit door

(1) The free crawl space must be at least 0,55 m.

(2) The door shall not be aimed at sliding doors or clapping doors. However, sliding doors shall be accepted as an emergency exit door in a vehicle with no more than 22 passengers if it has been demonstrated that the door may be opened without the use of tools after the running of frontal collision tests in accordance with Directive 74 /297/EEC.

(3) The door shall open up and be fitted with both the outside and the inside handles. The venerable handle must be located at a maximum of 1,80 metres above the road. The inner workroof must be such as to allow the door uninadvertent to be opened.

(4) The door shall be clearly marked outside the door both with an emergency exit or a standardised emergency exit symbol. Where necessary, a clear operating instructions shall be provided.

9.07.004 Emergency exit window

(1) The free aperture must be at least 0,50 m high, at least 0,70 m wide and have an area of at least 0,40 m 2 .

(2) The emergency exit window which can be divided into two emergency exit windows shall be regarded as two exits.

(3) The window should be designed so that the glass is simply to be removed without the use of tools.

(4) The ring shall be made from the hardened glass.

(5) In a visible place on the windows or below the ceiling, a tool shall be placed to destroy the glass.

There must be at least 1 (1). tools for each initiated 20 passenger side, but at least 2 of them.

(6) The window must be clearly marked with an emergency exit symbol and a standardised emergency exit symbol. A clear service guide shall be provided on the inside.

(7) The provision is in a furtive. (3), however, shall not be fulfilled if, immediately upon each emergency exit window, a tool is placed in order to destroy the glass. If these tools are stowed under the windows, the corresponding tools must also be placed under the ceiling next to each emergency exit window. The tool can prevent theft being attached to the vehicle by means of wire or so on, so that the tool can be used without difficulty.

9.07.005 Emergency hatch

(1) The emergency exit hatch can be either a tame or a floor member.

(2) The free crawl space must be at least 0,50 m.

(3) The sum of the free tra-length and width must be at least 1,20 m.

(4) The emergency exit hatch must be open to a simple way and without the use of tools from outside and from within.

(5) The emergency exit member must be clearly marked as having an emergency exit symbol and a standardised emergency exit symbol. In addition, a clear service guide shall be provided.

(6) The gullible must be sagging, so it opens in the passenger space, or could be put in the passenger compartment.

(7) The gulvliqueeze must be fitted with an audio signal warning the driver if it is not properly closed. It's the lock on the floor hatch, not the mutillenia movement, which will trigger this device. This requirement shall not apply if the floor locks automatically occurs when the vehicle is moving at a speed of more than 5 km/h.

(8) The emergency escape hatch intended to be cast out must not, when used, be completely separated from the vehicle, so that the limbs are in danger of other road users.

9.07.006 Access to exits

(1) The height of the ceiling for ceiling shall be at least :

a) 1,250 m in vehicle intended for the carriage of a maximum of 13 persons.

b) 1,325 m in vehicle intended for the carriage of more than 13 persons, but not more than 19 persons.

c) 1,750 m in vehicle intended for the carriage of more than 19 persons, but 1,650 m on the top floor of the vehicle with two floors.

The provisions shall not apply immediately in the case of an exit door or emergency exit door or for areas intended exclusively for incumbent persons or persons in the seat (row) and, where appropriate, as well as access to the emergency exit window.

Furthermore, the provisions shall not apply to the transport vehicle, in the case of a maximum of 13 persons.

(2) The access door to the exit door may immediately be blocked by one single seat that satisfies the provisions of the provisions of the PICs. 10.01.022 (4).

(3) Access to emergency exit doors :

a) shall be carried out in the vehicle for the carriage of a maximum of 13 persons in a maximum of two seats or a seer ether.

b) in the case of vehicles intended for the carriage of more than 13 persons, no more than a single seat or a double-seat shall be blocked immediately in the emergency exit door.

Seals which block access to emergency exit doors shall comply with the provisions of the provisions of the provisions of this Directive. 10.01.022 (5).

(4) The vehicle for the carriage of more than 19 persons shall be free of at least 0,40 m' s width, measured in semen height and at least 0,50 m, measured in 0,85 metres. If access to extraction is to die along the edges of a seat or between two cross-seats with the front against each other, the free width, measured in semen altitude, shall be increased by 0,125 m respectively.

(5) Vehicle designed for the carriage of more than 19 persons must have a width of at least 0,30 m, measured at semen height and at least 0,40 m measured in height of 0,85 metres. At the end of the meal

-WHAT? be disregarded from the area within 0,125 m in front of a seat, measured from the front edge of the seat,

-WHAT? demarriled seats have been shot to the centre of the aisle, and the folding seats have been disclapped.

(6) For the vehicle which is exclusively confined to seating and capable of comingers than 22 persons, the seats on either side or both sides of the aisle may be prejudicial to the sideretl so that the width of the midterm may be reduced to a minimum level ; entry width of 0,22 m. It's prefixed that it knows

the assistance of a person who is readily accessible to a person who is in the middle of the aisle is available, even when the seat is loaded-to bring this to an easy and, if possible, automatic return to a position equal to one of the seat-taking place ; minimum entry width of 0,30 m.

9.07.007 Lift for wheelchairs users

(1) A lift can be made in full or in part covered by an outlet, where there is a device immediately at the end of the exit, both outside the outside of the air and on the inside, a device that automatically sets the automatic function to allow the lifts to be manually clapped ; Exit.

The device must comply with the provisions of point (s. 9.07.002 (3) on device for the manual opening of automatic doors.

(2) Lift must be able to function only when the vehicle is silent. In the lifting and lowering of the platform, a device that prevents the wheelchair from rolling out is automatically stepped in operation.

(3) The air platform shall be at least 0,80 m width and at least 1,20 m long and the lifts shall be able to function once the load is loaded with 300 kg.

(4) Control devices for the lift shall be clearly marked as such and the lower position of the lifti shall be indicated by an indicator at the driver &apos; s seat.

(5) The service device must be designed in such a way that it shall be automatically returned to disconnected from the service. As this takes place, the movement of the air must immediately stop, and it must be possible to initiate a movement in both directions.

(6) The range that is not visible to the person serving the lift and where the lift device can catch or clamp on objects must be protected by a safety device (e.g. a friendly mechanism).

(7) If one of these safety devices is in operation, the movement of the lifting device must immediately stop and a movement in the opposite direction shall be initiated.

(8) In the event of a failure of a safety device, the lifts shall not be operable unless it is likely to be operated safely. The nature and location of the emergency control device must be clearly indicated. In the event of failure of the energy supply, the lifts shall be operated by hand.

9.07.008 Rampe for wheelchairs users

(1) Machine-operated ramp must be able to function only when the vehicle is silent.

(2) Control devices for the ramp must be clearly marked as such and after the ramp is laid out, this must be indicated by the indicator at the driver &apos; s seat.

(3) A ramp must be at least 0,80 m wide. The padding of the lamp when it is laid out to a curb with a height of 0,15 m shall not exceed 12%. In measuring the plight of the ball, the bodywork may be lowered by the use of the kneechams.

(4) The venerable edges must be rounded off to a radius of at least 2,5 mm. Exterior corners must be rounded off to a radius of not less than 5 mm.

(5) Ramps, which have a length of more than 1,20 m when they are ready for use, a device must be used to prevent the driving seat from running beyond the side.

(6) The ramp must be able to be used safely at a load of 300 kilograms.

(7) When a machisofficer ramps is added and dragged in, this must be indicated by yellow blinking lights and an acoustic signal ; the ramp must be marked with a readily visible red and white reflecting warning stripes on the outside edges.

(8) The horizontal deployment of machinery-operated ramp must be protected by a safety device.

(9) The horizontal movement must stop the horizontal movement if the ramp is loaded with a mass of 15 kilograms.

(10) If one of the machinery-operated security devices referred to above is stepped in operation, the movement must immediately stop. In the event of failure of the energy supply, the ramp must be able to be operated by hand.

(11) When a ramp is positioned at a time-out door which is situated within the direct visual field of the driver, it may be approved that the ramp may be operated by the driver of the driver &apos; s seat. In all other cases, the control devices must be located near the ramp. They can only be activated and deactivated by the driver of the driver's seat.

9.07.009 Knee System

(1) All control devices which enable a part of or the whole of the bodywork in relation to the roadway must be clearly marked and under the direct control of the driver.

(2) The reduction or retaliation must be possible to be stopped and the movement immediately reversed by means of one or more controls which are located within the driver &apos; s reach when he is in the driver &apos; s cab, and near any other ; equipment for the operation of the kneecesystem.

(3) When a mane system is mounted, the vehicle must be fitted ;

a) may not be capable of running more than 5 km/h when the bodywork is in a position lower than the normal driving height ;

b) cannot be hewn or lowered when the door-down door of some reason cannot be activated.

9.07.022 Personnel Mobile M2

(1) Cl-car M2 must be provided with :

a) A number of exits in each page, sufficient to the number of persons with which the vehicle is designed to depopulation. An increase or emergency exit door is sufficient for 30 people and an emergency exit window to 20 people. However, in the case of car intended for the carriage of more than 19 persons, at least two exits in each side shall be fitted to the front and back.

b) Outgoing in the back.

c) Two PWs, or an exit door, and an emergency exit door. The doors shall be placed in the front and rear half of the vehicle respectively.

(2) The carriage of passengers at a maximum of 13 persons shall not be fitted with an exit on the left side, provided that there is a door in each side of the cab and the rise or emergency exit doors in the passenger compartment of the passenger space and rear.

(3) Vehicle in two levels : each floor, as far as the number and position of exits is concerned, is regarded as a vehicle. However, the exit of the bottom of the underground may be replaced by :

-WHAT? leave in the front of the underside, or

-WHAT? stairway to the upper level and additional exit in the top of the overstage or additional tach;

For windscreens, the determination of the emergency exit window shall be used to determine the provision in point. 9.07.004 (7) not apply and the glass pane may have been made from laminated glass.

(4) The center aisle on the top floor of two floors must be connected with one or more staircases connected to the access spasm for an exit door on the lower floor or to the centre aisle on the lower floor of a distance of 3,00 m from an exit door. If there are two staircases, one of them may go to an emergency exit door on the lower level.

a) Persons intended exclusively for seating and designed to carry more than 30 passengers on the top floor shall be fitted with two stairways.

b) A passenger car, which is both the seats and the standing, and which is intended for the carriage of more than 50 passengers on the top floor, must be in two stairway engraving.

9.07.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

(2) For arc the passage between the two parts shall not be regarded as an exit.

(3) For arbus, the front part and the rear end are each for the rules of passenger car M2.

(4) Dog :

a) Should the determination be provided in point. 9.07.002 (4) (b) not fulfilled for the rear end, if :

-WHAT? the bottom step is fitted with an incremental control giving signal at the driver &apos; s seat when the step is loaded by a passenger ; and

-WHAT? the front of the door is fitted with a living list that automatically stops and surfaces the door &apos; s closure movement if the door is complete closed, e.g. by a passenger in the doorway.

b) Should the rear end be fitted with an extraction door, however, the provisions of the provisions of the provisions of the intended system shall not be fulfilled. 9.07.022 (1) c).

9.07.356 Sovebus

(1) For the sleeping bus, the respective rules for passenger car M2 and M3 respectively must also be met with the seats converted into leaggers.

(2) However, the midway may be less than 400 mm wide at the top bunks, provided that :

-WHAT? the width of the midterm, both at the lower and lower than the top bunts, is at least 300 mm ;

-WHAT? all the windows out of the bunks are an emergency exit windows with a tool to break the glass at each window.

9.07.364 Camping car

(1) The Camping Car that is registered to a maximum of 9 persons shall not comply with the provisions of section 9.07.

9.08 Pre-rear rear-side screen (rear bumper)

9,08.001 General provisions

(1) rear-end foreclosure

a) shall provide protection against undergoing collisions from behind with minor vehicles ;

b) shall be located not more than 0,55 m above the tram (measured from the underlining of the service weight with any applicable. bogi-potchasm lowered),

c) be located not more than 0,40 m from the rear position of the vehicle,

d) must not be wider than the rear axle measured from the outer edge of the wheel (be removed from the bulging of the tyre right above the driving lane), or be more than 0,10 m smallere in each side, and

(e) shall have a height of at least 0,10 m.

(2) The rear-to-end screen to meet the technical requirements laid down in Directive 70 /221/EEC as amended by 2006 /20/EC.

(3) The rear-to-end screen may consist of two sections located at a intervals of not more than 0,6 m or three sections with a space between a maximum of 0,3 m.

(4) The rear-to-run counter may have been carried out in such a way that its position on the vehicle may be amended, provided that it can be locked in the operation.

(5) Avying rear-riders can be done in whole or in part by fixed parts of the vehicle structure or part of the vehicle rear-wheel.

(6) The rear direction of the rear direction may be larger than the rear axle, if :

-WHAT? the vehicle is equipped with a protective brace from each side of the screen to the rear wheels ; and

-WHAT? the width of the screen does not exceed the breadth of the other building.

(7) The rear-down rear-end vehicle must be made up of sections, if :

-WHAT? the horizontal distance between the foreclosure and the parts of the lading trunk are not more than 2,5 cm, and

-WHAT? each section has an active area of at least 350 cm ; 2 .

9.08.021 Personnel M1

(1) For passenger car M1, the rules for the van N1 apply.

9:0:022 Personnel Mobile M2

(1) For passenger car M2, the rules for van N1 apply.

9:0:023 Personnel Mobile M3

(1) For passenger car M3, the rules for van N1 apply.

9.08.024 Commodity N1

(1) CAR N1 must be equipped with the rear-to-end of the rear exit unless the height of the vehicle does not exceed 0,55 m (measured at most 0,45 m from the rear of the vehicle and over a width equal to the width of the rear rear axle of 0,10 m in each page).

9.08.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 must be fitted with a rear-to-run rear-direction.

(2) Car to semi-trailer is exempted from the requirement in point. (1).

(3) Wil with compaction equipment for renovation, where the stamps during the renovation fund do not exceed 0,55 m and where there is no risk of undergoing maintenance are exempt from the requirement in point. (1).

(4) For car with a rear-mounted gravel or salt spatter, the distance may be in point. 9.08.001 (1) b) shall exceed 0,40 m.

(5) For car with a passenger lift in the transport position where the height of the person &apos; s air lift does not exceed 0,55 m, the distance may be distained. 9.08.001 (1) b) shall exceed 0,40 m.

(6) For car with the concrete cannon, the distance is in the plight. 9,08.001 (1) (b) shall be greater than 0,40 m, but not more than 0,70 m.

(7) For car with an alternating load, where the seat of the car is pulled up from the rear of the car, the distance is in a furry. 9,08.001 (1) (b) shall be greater than 0,40 m, but not more than 0,70 m.

In this context, the handles may be discarded and similar in a height of at least 1,80 m above the road track.

9.08.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

9.08.111 Alleged / semi-trailer O1

(1) In the case of trailer / semi-trailer O1, the rules for the van N1 apply.

9.08.112 Alleged / semi-trailer O2

(1) For the trailer / semi-trailer O2, the rules for van N1 apply to the rules.

9.08.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) For the trailer / semi-trailer O3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

9.08.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) For trailers / semi-trailer, O4 applies to the rules applicable to lorry N2.

9.08.120 Tractor trailer

(1) The tractor trailer must bear the rear to the rear to the rear, if its rear, bottom point is more than 0,40 m behind the rear wheel wheel.

9.08.130 trailer-trailer for motor vehicle

(1) For tractor trailer, the tractor trailer is applicable to the engine vehicle.

9.08.141 Camping

(1) For the trailer trailer, the rules for van N1 apply.

9.08.142 Other registration duty-liable

(1) For other registration obligations, the rules for van N1 apply to the rules.

9.08.200 Vogntrains

(1) In combination of lorry and cart, the car shall not be fitted with the rear-to-rear mode.

(2) The rear-to-run rear-run, as described in point. 9.08.001 (4), must be placed in the operation on the rear vehicle of the vehicle.

9.09 Page foreclosure

9,09.001 General provisions

(1) Side-side foreclosure shall reduce the risk of unprotected road users entering a vehicle in front of the rear wheels.

(2) Page foreclosure must be performed by

a) plate, flat or profiled in a vertical cut,

b) horizontal rods, at least 0,10 m tall (but 0,05 m high for lorn N2 and trailers / semi-trailer O3) and a space not exceeding 0,30 m or

c) a combination of plaque and poles.

(3) The surface of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the screen is unbroken from the rear to the rear ; adjacent parts may be left to the rear or down or at a maximum of 25 mm in the longitudinal plane, provided that the rear part is not of any concern to them ; next to the front. All exterior edges and corners must be rounded by a radius of not less than 2,5 mm. Frosted boltees and so must grope up to 10 mm from the surface.

(4) The side of the side screen must be firmly attached to the vehicle and must be so designed that it can withstand a horizontal static force of 1 kN immortally perpendicular to any part of its outer part of a stamp with a diameter of 220 mm ± 10 mm and without having the pressure below this load exceeds :

a) 30 mm in the rear of 0,25 m of the side screen ; and

b) 150 mm in the other part.

(5) The side of the side of the side of the side, in the width,

a) it does not increase the width of the vehicle ;

b) a maximum level of 0,12 m within the outermost plane of the vehicle (maximum width) and

c) the rear end of 0,25 m of the side screen is 30 mm in the outer surface of the rear wheel.

(6) The side of the side of the side of the side (measured at the service weight) that :

a) the underedge is not more than 0,55 m above the road, and

b) the overedge is

-WHAT? at least 0,95 m above the road,

-WHAT? in height of the flats or

-WHAT? not more than 0,35 m below a fixed structure, depending on which is the lowest.

(7) The front of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the vehicle, unless it is directly behind other flat-rate parts of the vehicle, shall consist of a continuous vertical part stretching across The outer and front pages shall measure at least 0,05 m in arrears and be rowed 0,10 m indad for Class N2 and O3, and at least 0,10 m in arrears and be a grade N3 and O4 for class N3 and O4.

(8) The rear edge of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side shall not be more than 0,30 m in front of the rear wheel, but 0,50 m on a vehicle with a pious rear axle.

(9) Permanent fixed vehicle parts, e.g. boxes, tanks, etc. may form part of the side screen provided that they meet the requirements for dimensions.

(10) The front-side display must also be fitted between wheels, where the distance is more than 0,60 m.

(11) Page foreclosure may be performed in such a way that its position on the side of the vehicle may be changed, provided that it can be locked in its operation.

9.09.09.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 must be fitted with side side screen on the right side.

(2) Car to semi-trailer is exempted from the requirement in point. (1).

(3) The edge of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the front door shall be at no more than 0,30 m of the front-wheel or must run up to the cab or instipation steps

9.09.09.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

9.09.113 Alleged / semi-trailer O3

(1) On-trailer / semi-trailer O3 (other than dolly) must be fitted with side screen on the right side.

(2) The front edge of the page screen must be on

a) the trailer with the steering device shall be located not more than 0,50 m of the front wheel,

b) fonds shall be less than 0,25 m behind the forefront of the load or structure of the structure ;

c) The semi-trailer is located not more than 0,25 m behind the lateral mediate plane of the support legs and at most 2,70 m behind the main bolts.

(3) The caravan that is extracted shall be extracted from the position of the side of the side in the longitudinal position of the side of the side to satisfy the requirements of the front or the downside.

(4) The front of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the side of the vehicle may be positioned at the front of the front of the vehicle immediately to 2,70 m behind the main bolts of the vehicle in a composite position.

9.09.114 Alleged / semi-trailer O4

(1) In the case of trailers / semi-trailer, O4 applies to the rules applicable to the trailers / semi-trailer O3.

9.10 Avying for on-run (forbumper)

9.10.001 General provisions

(1) Pruning for the underrun

a) shall provide protection against the underlining of frontal collisions with minor vehicles ;

b) be located at not more than 0,445 m above the tractor (measured from the underweight of the service weight with opted to a bogie-lift lowered), but only 0,400 m for lorry N2 with maximum total weight not exceeding 7,500 kilograms,

c) must not be wider than the retainer and must not be more than 0,10 m small, measured from the front of the front decks or more than 0,20 m of the outer edge of the rear of the cab, measured from the outer edge of the driver &apos; s premises,

d) must have a height of at least 0,10 m for lorry N2 and at least 0,12 m for lorry N3,

(e) be designed so that the end pieces do not move forward and provide a radius of a radius of not less than 2,5 mm ;

(f) be designed so that the surface of the surface shall be dentified or horizontal and so that bolts and bolts intended to be rounded should not be of any more than 10 mm from the surface.

(2) The onset of guards against undergoing racers shall comply with the constructive provisions of Directive 2000 /40/EC, or ECE Regulation 93, in respect of the design and installation of the ECE Regulation.

(3) The running of the guards for the execution may be carried out in such a way that its position on the vehicle may be changed, provided that it can be locked in the operation.

9.10.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 must be fitted with a devout for against underrun.

(2) For the terrent truck N2, the requirement for foreclosure shall not be required against the execution of the notification.

9.10.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the rules for lorry N2 apply.

10. Inner, outlook, special equipment, etc.

10.01 Inner-orientation, etc.

10.01.001 General provisions

(1) The interior interior of the lodge shall not result in undue risk to the driver and passengers.

(2) The vehicle must be such that the driver may operate the equipment of the vehicle without the driver &apos; s attention being removed from the other traffic.

10.01.002 Seder

(1) The seat must be firmly attached to the vehicle.

(2) The clear seats must be able to be retained automatically in any position they may be placed in.

(3) The satisfaction of the rejoiding must be able to be maintained in all positions where they are placed in.

(4) Any seats that can be witted or have gruent rye must be automatically maintained in the normal position. As a standard position for a seat, the position shall be regarded as the final point of the sitting.

(5) The driver &apos; s seat shall be so arranged and arranged for the driver to obtain a comfortable driving vehicle and the vehicle &apos; s control devices.

10.01.003 Nack supporters

(1) On-offer aid shall comply with the constructive provisions of

a) ECE Regulation 17-06,

b) ECE Regulation 25-04,

c) Directive 78 /932/EEC, or

d) American standard FMVSS 202.

10.01.004 Purchase of restols

(1) Vehicle used for the carriage of a person in a wheelchair shall be provided with a hold on the wheelchair.

(2) The line of cooling must be firmly attached to the vehicle. In addition, the rules on semen collection are found in the furtive. 9.07.001, 9.07.006 and 10.01.023 equivalent use.

(3) The wheelchairs must be firmly attached to the vehicle's wheelchair beatings.

10.01.005 Seed for Dridchair

(1) For each wheelchair user, the passenger compartment is intended for use, a special wheelchair, which is at least 0,75 m width and 1,30 m long must be set. The longitudinal axis of the queue must be parallel to the longitudinal axis of the vehicle, and the floor of the wheelchair place must have a stocking of confidence.

(2) The mounting seats must be mounted in a wheelchair area, but such seats must not be groped into the wheelchair area of the vehicle.

(3) A vehicle may be provided with aflame seats in the wheelchairs if they can be easily removed.

10.01.006 Dil to wheelchair

(1) The door opening to the wheelchair shall be at least 1,40 m and must have a width of at least 0,90 m, but 0,80 m measured between hand lists.

(2) The opening of door to the wheelchair shall be situated at a maximum of 1,30 m above the floor or the ground, whether they exist inside or outside the vehicle.

10.01.020 Bil

(1) As new, EC type-approval and standard type-approved vehicle must be fitted with seats and unapproacs approved in accordance with Directive 74 /408/EEC as amended by 2005 /39/EC.

(2) Page-facing seats are not allowed.

The provision does not apply to passenger car M2 or M3, which is so designed to include standing passengers.

10.01.021 Personnel M1

(1) The person car M1 must be equipped with a neck support of the seat seats of the front seat.

(2) Forward-feeding seats to their strength of strength and attachment, etc. shall comply with the constructive provisions of :

a) ECE Regulation 17-06, or

b) Annex II to Directive 74 /408/EEC as amended by 96 /37/EC. However, the original fitted seat may have been carried out and fitted in accordance with the United States standard FMVSS 207.

However, the seats specially designed for persons with disabilities must meet the provision in force alone. 10.01.002 (1).

(3) Purchase post shall comply with the constructive provisions of ISO standard 10542 or US standard SAE J2249 and be marked clearly and hold-able with "ISO" or "SAE".

(4) The provisions of the provisions of paragraph 1. 10.01.005 (1), 10.01.005 (2) and 10.01.006 do not apply to passenger car M1.

10.01.022 Personnel M2

(1) No seat must be placed further ahead of the driver &apos; s seat, unless the seat is located so that the driver &apos; s seat is required, direct outwards and to the sides.

(2) Is a seat positioned so that the passenger will be thrown through the car by hard braking or on a collision, the seat-bearing or rods shall be placed in front of the seat unless the seat seat is fitted with safety belt.

(3) The seats must be so arranged and placed that passengers without difficulty can get out of the car.

(4) Seals blocking access to exit doors shall be so designed that :

a) the seat may be suspended ; and

b) The seat can be maintained in a secure manner in the suspended position.

A clear service guide must be provided.

(5) Seals blocking access to emergency exit doors shall be such that :

a) The seat may be set to side and remain in this position,

b) The seat in simple ways can be removed without the use of tools, or

c) the backrest may be added if the car is intended for the carriage of no more than 13 persons.

A clear service guide must be provided.

(6) Freering-eating seats in respect of their strength of strength and attachment, etc. shall comply with the constructive provisions of

a) ECE Regulation 80-01 or

b) Annex III to Directive 74 /408/EEC as amended by 96 /37/EC. However, seats specially designed for persons with disabilities must meet the provision in force alone. 10.01.002 (1).

For passenger cars, which are addressed to 10 people (including however, the original mounted seat may have been carried out and fitted in accordance with FMVSS 207.

(7) The interior interior of the cable shall be used materials in which the flash speed

a) comply with the provisions of Directive 95 /28/EC (flame speed 100 mm/min), or

b) comply with the provisions of US standard FMVSS 302 (flame speed 102 mm/min).

In the passenger car M2 in the case of less than 22 passengers and in passenger car, where the permitted number of bats represents 20% or more of the maximum authorised number of bats, and which are approved only for regular services may be used, however, where the permitted number of contexts may be used, where : Flame speed is not more than 250 mm/minute measured according to ISO 3795-1976.

However, (8) Materials with a larger flame speed may, however, be used :

a) In floor coverings and seatings and polarding, provided that the total area of such materials is less than 300 cm ; 2 and that the total volume is less than 100 cm ; 3 .

b) In the other interior, provided that the total area of such materials is less than 300 cm, 2 , measured in every area of not more than 625 cm ; 2 and that the total volume is less than 100 cm ; 3 .

(9) The provisions of the provisions shall be provided for (6) does not apply to passenger car M2, where the permitted number of bats represents 20% or more of the maximum authorised passenger name and which is solely approved for regular services.

(10) Refritship shall comply with the constructive provisions of Annex VII to Directive 2001 /85/EC.

In the case of passenger car M2, where the permitted number of bats represents 20% or more of the maximum authorised passenger name and which is approved only for regular services, there is no requirement for wheelchairs if the wheelchair is placed on the back of a wall or a grate which is used to be rejoyted ; can withstand a forward loading load of 250 daN, measured as specified in section 3.8.3 of Directive 2001 /85/EC.

10.01.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

(2) The provisions of the provisions in point. 10.01.022 (6) does not apply to passenger car M3 in two floors where the permitted number of bats represents 20% or more of the maximum permitted passenger numbers on the lower level and which are only authorised for a regular service.

(3) The provision is in the case. 10,01,020 (2) not applicable to passenger car M3 and allowed total weight exceeding 10,000 kg, where the seat-facing seats are permitted located in the rear of the vehicle, so that they form a whole section of up to 10 seats. Pageable seat must be provided with a neck support.

10.01.024 Commodia N1

(1) CAR N1 must be equipped with neck support on the outermost seats of the front seat.

10.01.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The self-employed passenger seat shall be fitted with hand-braces or similar for use for the passenger.

(2) The two-wheel motorcycle shall be fitted with the footsteps of the driver and any passenger.

10.01.041 Large moped

(1) The two-wheel moped must bear the footsteps of the footsteps.

10.01.042 Small moped

(1) Small moped must not be fitted with seat, handsomer or similar intended for passenger.

(2) Small moped must be fitted with pedals or footwear intended for the driver.

10.01.050 Traktor

(1) Tractor may be equipped with a passenger seat if the driver's operation of the vehicle is not made more difficult by the passenger.

(2) The passenger seat shall be so designed and arranged for the passenger to remain firmly in the driving cycle.

10.01.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice &apos; s notice on driving licences.

10.01.356 Sovebus

(1) The device of the seat-building shall be fitted with devices which, in a safe way, maintain the design, even when the seats are converted into leagements.

(2) In the case of seats, safety notices shall be placed in order to prevent passengers being hurled to hard braking or collision.

(3) The overedge of the security clearance must at least have a height above the uncompressed seat cushion of 300 mm and shall cover the full width of the equine plate. The gap between the edge of the uncompressed seat cushion and the underedge of the security-parting shall not exceed 70 mm.

(4) The security separation shall be able to withstand a static forward-looking strain at least 10 kN. The test force shall be carried out at a height of 250 mm above the horizontal plane of the uncompressed bedside. The security separation shall have a horizontal deformation of at least 100 mm and not more than 300 mm above the test.

(5) Security advices which have been tested and approved in accordance with the dynamic test in the German provisions of section 35i, furkt. Four in 15. Mr Ergänzungslieferung StVZO of June 1992 can be regarded as complying with the constructive provisions of the provisions of this Regulation. 4.

10.01.364 Camping car

(1) The provisions of the provisions in the case of 10.01.020, 10.01.021, 10.01.022 and 10.01.023 on seats, including the strength of strength and attachment of seats, apply only to seats intended for normal use during the run.

(2) Camping car that is registered to a maximum of 9 people shall not comply with the provisions on flame speed in point. 10.01.022 (7) and 10.01.022 (8).

10.02 Seatbelts

10.02.001 General provisions

(1) The seat belt must be approved and labelled in accordance with

a) ECE-Regulation 16-04,

b) Directive 77 /541/EEC, as amended by 96 /36/EEC, or

c) Directive 97 /24/EC.

However, the original safety belt may have been carried out in accordance with US standard FMVSS 209.

(2) Seatbelts on the front seals must be a trepunktssele. However, where such sele does not or may not be placed in a difficult place, couft shares can be used. Seat belt on bagseder can be a hoesile or trepunktssele.

The element of the vehicle type required by the vehicle must be specified in the following.

(3) In the driver &apos; s seat, safety belt shall be

a) fixed sele,

b) sele with inertiretractor, or

c) sele with double acting inertiretractor.

The element of the vehicle type required by the vehicle must be specified in the following.

(4) Passenger seats must be seat-safety belt

a) fixed sele,

b) sele with inertiretractor,

c) sele with double acting inertiretractor, or

d) selsele with automatic retractor.

The element of the vehicle type required by the vehicle must be specified in the following.

(5) Proper safety belt shall allow the driver to operate the regular operating system of the vehicle (gear, brakes, brakes, and contacts for lights and etc.).

(6) Seatbelts must be firmly attached to the vehicle &apos; s fixed parts. The vehicle from which the plant is equipped with elements of an element shall be used for the seatbelt of the seat belt.

(7) The course of a safety belt may be amended by applying an additional beatings, provided that no intervention is carried out in the made or befell of the approved seless; In the case of additional beatings, which are the power surplumth, both the beatings and their attachment to the vehicle in the case of strength shall correspond to the original anchorage points of the seat.

(8) Seatbelts may be equipped with particular energy-absorbing devices, belt-tighters, sellers or similar devices.

10.02.002 Seat belts for wheelchairs users

(1) Vehicle used for the carriage of a person in a wheelchair shall be fitted with seat safety belt if the seat belt is required for the vehicle at similar general seating.

The sellout must be of the type required for the vehicle to be used for the same standard seating position.

However, fasting suspensees may be used where the wheelchairs do not fit properly.

(2) The seatbelt must be approved and labelled in accordance with the requirements of section 10.02.001 (1). However, seatbelt carried out in accordance with US Standard FMVSS 209 may be used regardless of the fact that the selenium is not original.

(3) The anchorages must be positioned so that the seat belt may be positioned appropriately on the carcase of the wheelchair user.

(4) The rear anchorages must be firmly attached to the vehicle.

The provision shall be deemed to be fulfilled if the individual element anchorage is attached to :-metal profiles in the floor construction ;

-WHAT? metal profiles in the side wall / tagpost, or to

-WHAT? rails, beads or similar carried out in metal, and where these are firmly attached to the floor structure.

10.02.020 Bil

(1) A new Community type-approval and standard type-approved vehicle must be fitted with safety belts approved in accordance with Directive 77 /541/EEC as amended by 2005 /40/EC, and with the belt anchorages approved in the-hold to Directive 76 /115/EEC as amended ; as amended by 2005 /41/EC.

10.02.021 Personnel M1

(1) The person car M1 must at all slots on the front and rear seats bearing the seat belt shall be fitted with safety belts :

a) in the forwarding seat : Trepunktsele with double acting inertiretractor (labeled "Ar4m", where "m" indicates that the tractor is a double-acting).

b) in the back seat : Hoftesele, where appropriate with automatic retractor or double acting inertiretractor (labeled "B" or "Br3" or "Br4m") , or trepunktssele with double acting inertiretractor.

(2) The person car M1 must at all slots on the front and rear seats must be fitted with the belt anchorages which comply with the constructive provisions of

a) ECE Regulation 14-04 or

b) Directive 76 /115/EEC, as amended by 96 /38/EC.

However, the original of a belt anchorage may have been carried out in accordance with the 210 of the United States standard FMVSS.

However, leading to seat anchorages designed for persons with disabilities shall, however, only satisfy the provisions of the provisions of this Directive. 10.02.001 (6).

(3) The anchorages in place of wheelchairs shall comply with the constructive provisions of ISO standard 10542 or US standard SAE J2249 and be clearly marked and durable with "ISO" or "SAE".

10.02.022 Personnel M2

(1) passenger car M2 using a maximum laden weight of not more than 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted to the front and rear seat seats fitted with safety belts as follows :

a) in the forwarding seat : Trepunktssele with double-acting inertiretractor (labeled "Ar4m", where "m" indicates that the tractor is a double-acting character or a double-acting inertiretractor with a heightening reaction threshold (labeled "Ar4Nm", where "N" indicates that the retractor is with a increased response threshold).

b) in the back seat : Hoftesele with automatic retractor or double-acting inertiretractor (labeled "Br3", "Br4m", or "Br4Nm") , or trepunktssele with double acting inertiretractor.

(2) The M2 person car of more than 3,500 kilograms shall be fitted to the front and rear seat seats on the front and rear seats with safety belts in such a way as to :

a) in the case of forward seat : Trepunktssele with double-acting inertiretractor (mark marked "Ar4m" or "Ar4Nm") ;

hip share with automatic retractor or double-acting inertiretractor (mark "Br3", "Br4m" or "Br4Nm") however, may be used if,

-WHAT? the seat or other vehicle parts complying with the requirements of the investigation may be situated at the front of that seat, as specified in Annex III Directive 74 /408/EEC, as amended by 96 /37/EC, or

-WHAT? the person &apos; s head shall not be able to make contact with any of the parts of the vehicle, as defined in Annex 1, point. 1.23. in Directive 77 /541/EEC, as amended by 96 /36/EC.

(b) on the back seat : Hoftesele with automatic retractor or double-acting inertiretractor, or trepunktssele with double acting inertiretractor.

(3) The person car M2 must at all seating positions on forward and rear-bearing seats bearing the belt anchorages which comply with the constructive provisions of

a) ECE Regulation 14-04 or

b) Directive 76 /115/EEC, as amended by 96 /38/EC,

However, the orignalmonted belt anchorage may have been carried out in accordance with US standard FMVSS 210.

However, leading to seats specially designed for the handicapped person must satisfy the provision in point. 10.02.001 (6).

(4) The anchorages in place of wheelchairs shall comply with the constructive provisions of Annex VII to Directive 2001 /85/EC.

(5) The provisions of the provisions in the case of (1), (2), (2), (3) and (4) do not apply to passenger car M2, where the permitted number of bats represents 20% or more of the maximum authorised passenger name and which is solely approved for regular service.

(6) The pictogram of seleply shall be stowed at each seating seat that bears seatbelt, and must be drawn up as shown on the character (white person on the blue floor) in order to satisfy the driver &apos; s duty in accordance with the provisions of the Traffic Act section 80. 4.

The provision of information may, alternatively, be met by :

-WHAT? information from the driver, or

-WHAT? audio-visual.

BL487_4_26.jpg Size : (142 X 142)

10.02.023 Personnel M3

(1) For the person car M3, the provisions shall apply. 10.02.022 on passenger car M2 with a maximum laden weight exceeding 3,500 kilograms.

(2) The provisions of the provisions in point. 10.02.022 (2) and (3) does not apply to passenger car M3 in two floors where the permitted number of bats represents 20% or more of the maximum permitted passenger numbers on the lower level and which are only approved for regular service.

(3) Side-facing seat in passenger car M3, which is covered by the case. 10.01.023 (3), must at least be equipped with a retractor type approved in accordance with Directive 77 /541/EEC. The anchorages must comply with the requirements of Directive 76 /115/EEC.

10.02.024 Commodia N1

(1) In the case of a van N1, provisions on forwarding seating in passenger car M1 shall apply.

However, the hoftsile is sufficient on

a) centre front seat (s) if the head of the passenger cannot be made in contact with the windscreen as defined in Annex II to Directive 74 /60/EEC,

b) center seat (s) of rear seat (s).

The double-acting inertiretractor may be inertiretractor with a height-reaction threshold (marked "Ar4Nm", where, "N" indicates that the retractor is with the incremental response threshold and "m" indicates that the retractor is double-acting).

10.02.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Lastvan N2 must be fitted with safety belts on a forward-looking seat :

a) on the driver &apos; s seat : Hoftesele or trepunktssele,

b) in the passenger seat : Trepunktssele, if necessary, couscing eel. Hoftesele is sufficient if the passenger &apos; s head cannot enter into contact with the windscreen as defined in Annex II to Directive 74 /60/EEC.

(2) Lastvan N2 must be equipped with a belt anchorage which satisfies the constructive provisions of the seat-of-seat belts in the seat of the seat ;

a) ECE-Regulations 14-03 or

b) Directive 76 /115/EEC, as amended by 90 /629/EEC or Directive 96 /38/EC, may, however, be carried out in accordance with US standard FMVSS 210 (210).

10.02.026 Lastvan N3

(1) For lorry N3, the provisions for lorry N2 apply.

10.02.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) The motorcycle must be fitted with safety belts if the motorcycle meets the German requirements for a collision safety (8). Ausnahmeverordnung zur StVO of 20. In May 1998, or similar rules in another EU or EEA country.

10.02.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) The three-wheel motorcycle with bodywork must be fitted with safety belts.

(2) The system anchorages must comply with the requirements of Directive 97 /24/EC, Kap.11.

10.02.040 Knallert

(1) For three-wheel moped with bodywork, whose own weight exceeds 250 kg, the rules for three-wheeled motorcycles apply.

10.02.364 Camping car

(1) The provisions of the provisions in the case of 10.02.021, 10.02.022 and 10.02.023 on seatbelts and the anchorages of safety belts apply only to seating seats intended for normal use during the run.

In the back seat of the room, the hip is sufficient. Retractor may be evaced.

The rear anchorages for rear-seated seats shall be required to satisfy the provision in point. 10.02.001 (6).

10.03 Udsyn, glam. Oh.

10.03.001 General provisions

(1) The motor vehicle must be so arranged that the driver &apos; s seat is required, direct outwards and to the sides.

(2) The motor vehicle must be fitted with devices for the maintenance of possible windscreens.

10.03.002 Synsfield

(1) In the driver &apos; s direct field of vision and to the sides must be positioned to reduce the undue undue.

10.03.003 Ruder

(1) Rude or windscreen shall be made from a clear security glass. As security glass,

a) laminated glass,

b) hardened glass and

c) splintered plastic material.

(2) The windshield of the motor vehicle must be such that objects which are seen through the windscreen are not distorted or blunted.

(3) Windscreen and front siding (180 ° vision field) in motor-driven vehicle must have at least 70% light review in the normal field of vision.

10.03.004 Solscreens, sun filters and so on

(1) Exterior, colored sunscreen

a) must be stowed on the windscreen ;

b) must be firmly established ;

c) not harass the driver &apos; s view, and

d) must not have sharp edges, etc., which offer unnecessary risks to other road users.

(2) Invening solar screen

a) must be stowed on the windscreen ;

b) must be adjutenable ;

c) they must be able to be disposed of so that the sight of the windscreen is not reduced,

d) must not be able to cover the required interior rear-view mirror ; and

(e) shall be so designed that it does not offer any unnecessary danger to the driver or passengers.

(3) Windscreen and forward sideruder in motor vehicle must not be fitted with a sun-filter in the form of injected or adhesive films covering the windscreen, all or part of the windscreen.

However, the determination shall not apply to the windscreen of the inner rear-view mirror in an area from the top edge of the space of the space and at most 0,10 m and in a width not exceeding the width of the internal rear-view mirror with more than 20 mm per page.

10.03.005 Forruwipers and Wunderers

(1) windscreen wiper

a) operated by an engine or other mechanical power source, and

b) shall ironing the windscreen of an area that gives the driver sufficient view.

(2) Windscreen washer shall be windscreens so that the wisher may cleanse the windscreen.

10.03.006 Precrime

(1) Pre-Mirror

a) shall provide a clear mirror image without distorting,

b) must be positioned so that the driver shall be lagging behind,

c) be designed in such a way that the sharp edges and so on shall not cause any unnecessary danger by clashes or contact ;

d) must be adjutionally, and

(e) shall be a plane or a concurrency with a radius of curvature of at least 0,80 m.

(2) Invenous rear-view mirror

a) be arranged so that the driver &apos; s view forward and to the sides are not significantly reduced, and

b) must be able to be set without the use of tools.

(3) Exterior rear-view mirror

a) must be visible through the windscreen purified part of the windscreen or through siderable,

b) it must be able to be determined in such a way as to not alter the position of the mirror during the run,

c) if the mirror is to be looked through the windscreen, it must be so designed that it is to give in to a relatively slight influence and

d) not exceed the body of the bodywork other than what is necessary for the driver &apos; s need to be lagging behind.

(4) The rear-view mirror placed on passenger car M1 and van N1 in order to ensure adequate surveillance of caravan vehicles shall be as follows :

If the distance between the outermost point and the vehicle is more than 200 mm and the distance between the lower edge of the mirror and the course of the road less than 2,0 m, the mirror must be so designed that it gives in to a relatively slight influence, regardless of the fact that The mirror is to be seen through the side of the side

(5) Mirror mirror with a reflecting surface of at least

a) 70 cm 2 for plant mirror, and

b) 50 cm 2 'rear-view mirror of category I ` is used for the' rear view mirror `.

(6) Mirror mirror with a reflecting surface of at least

a) 300 cm 2 for plant mirror, and

b) 200 cm 2 ' rear-view mirror of category II ` is used for convulted mirror.

(7) The mirror angle mirror

a) must at least provide a field of vision, as shown in the following figure, and

BL487_4_27.jpg Size : (344 X 253)

b) must be a convector with a radius of curvature of at least 0,30 m.

(8) Approach Mirror

a) must at least show a field of vision, as shown in the following figure,

BL487_4_28.jpg Size : (339 X 136)

b) be a convector with a radius of curvature of at least 0,30 m and

(9) (c) must be at least 2,00 m above the road, measured to the underedge of the mirror at the permissible maximum weight.Frontmirror

a) must at least show a field of vision, as shown in the following figure,

BL487_4_29.jpg Size : (341 X 127)

b) be a convector with a radius of curvature of at least 200 mm,

c) shall not comply with the furtive. 10.03.006 (3) (a), and

d) can be replaced by the camera / monitor that displays the field of vision in the field. a) and which comply with the requirements of Directive 2003 /97/EC.

If the camera and monitor are used, the monitor must show only the field of vision in point. (a) when the vehicle is running at a speed of up to 30 km/h. When the vehicle is running faster than 30 km/h or trays, the monitor can be used to display the visual field from other cameras mounted on the vehicle.

(1) The windshield shall be of laminated glass, which is

a) approved and labelled in Class II, III or IV, in accordance with ECE Regulation 43,

b) approved and labelled in Class II, III or IV in accordance with Directive 92 /22/EEC, or

c) performed in accordance with US standard FMVSS 205 (ANS Z26) and the mark with "DOT" and "AS 1" or "AS 14".

(2) Other windows must be glass of safety glass.

(3) Wil with windscreen must be fitted with

a) windscreen wiper (s) in front of the driver's seat and room for seat passengers,

b) windscreen washer and

c) de-icing and depiction device.

10.03.020 Bil

(4) As new, EC type-approval and standard type-approved vehicle must be fitted with rear-view mirrors, approved, marked and installed in accordance with Directive 2003 /97/EC as amended by 2005 /27/EC.

10.03.021 Personnel M1

(1) CAR M1 must be provided with

a) an interior rear-view mirror of category I ; and

b) an exterior rear-view mirror of category I on the left side.

(2) CAR M1 must also be fitted with the exterior rear-view mirror of the category I on the right side, if :

a) the rear view mirror and the rear view mirror on the left side shall not give sufficient view of the rear view ;

b) the rear entry in the rear window or in the rear siders less than 70% ; or

c) The car is right-wing.

(3) The person car M1 who has been approved for the carriage of trailer or with an enclosure tool, the design of which reduces the outlook on the inside of a rear view mirror, must also be fitted with the outside rear-view mirror of the category I on the right.

(4) The rear window must be fitted with the de-icing and de-de-de-icing device.

(5) The driver &apos; s field of vision must not be lagging behind and / or in the rear position of any type of object that reduces the view unnecessarily. For example, non-transparent items may be advertiser or non-transparent, but not non-aid, tanning, solar and spoiler, for example.

10.03.022 Personnel M2

(1) CAR M2 must be fitted with a rear-view mirror of category II on each page.

(2) The determination is in a furtive. 10.03.006 (3) (a) shall not apply to the rear-view mirror on the right side.

(3) The front siders must be fitted with a device to prevent the formation of the fraulance.

The device could be a thermoroff.

The provision shall not be deemed to be fulfilled if the pages of the pages are unluriable.

(4) The car intended for carriage of more than 19 persons shall be furnished in the right-hand side, so that the formation or impact of the precipitation on the surface of the mirror is obstructed or removed automatically. The determination may be considered to be fulfilled by heating the mirror surface having an effect of at least 5 W per year. 100 cm 2 Scouts.

10.03.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

(2) On the joint bus, the exterior rear-view mirrors shall also provide a broad vision of the driver by driving at least the minimum length of the side of the armost part of the artery nearest to the centre of the rotation, where appropriate, where appropriate, by the installation of : additional rear-view mirrors of category II or whirl mirror on each side.

10.03.024 Commodia N1

(1) CAR N1 must be fitted with a rear-view mirror of category I on each page.

10.03.025 Lastvan N2

(1) Truck N2 must be fitted with the following mirrors ;

a) the rear-view mirror of category II on each side,

b) panacea mirror, cf. Act. 10.03.006 (7),

c) near-zone mirror, cf. Act. 10.03.006 (8) and

d) front mirror (or camera) cf. Act. 10.03.006 (9) if the lorry has allowed maximum weight of 7,500 kg and has been rebuilding the driver &apos; s cab.

However, the approach mirror is required only when at least 2,00 m above the road is possible.

However, the right-hand-driven lorry must not be fitted with a dipped-beam mirror

BL487_4_30.jpg Size : (252 X 155)

10.03.026 Lastvan N3

(1) Truck N3 follows the rules for lorry N2.

10.03.031 Two-wheel motorcycle

(1) Win must be firmly attached to equipment or frames.

(2) Two-wheel motorcycle with a windscreen of such height that the driver may not see the road from 10 m in front of the driver's seat and forward, must be fitted with

a) windscreen wiper, and

b) windscreen washer.

(3) Pre-Mirror

a) must be a concurrency and

b) must have a reflecting surface of at least 69 cm, 2 .

(4) The two-wheel motorcycle must be fitted with a rear-view mirror on each side. However, motorcycycles with a maximum speed of 100 km/h must not be fitted with a rear-view mirror on the right side.

10.03.033 Three-wheel motorcycle

(1) In the case of windscreens, other panes and windscreen wipers and windscreen washers shall apply to the rules in the case of a windscreen. 10.03.020.

(2) In the case of rear view mirrors on a motorbike, the rules shall apply. 10.03.021 (1) and (2). The rear-view mirrors on the vehicle cycle shall apply to the provisions of the provisions of this Directive. 10.03.024 (1).

10.03.041 Large moped

(1) Too much moped applies to the rules on motorcycles.

10.03.050 Traktor

(1) The width of the leading corner stols of the driver must satisfy the condition :

BL487_4_31.jpg Size : (85 X 21)

"a" is the distance in mm measured along the horizontal line of reference from the reference point (see below) to the post, and

&apos; b &apos; means the width of the post in mm measured in the horizontal plane perpendicular to the above sigtelinie. Width is included as a doorframe, window lists and other non-transparent material.

The reference point shall be situated 0,27 m behind the centre of the front of the driver &apos; s front seat and 700 mm above the unladen seat in the centre.

(2) The windshield shall be of laminated or tempered glass.

(3) The tractor with windscreen must be fitted with windscreen wiper, however, which must not be powered by engine or other mechanical power source.

(4) Tractor must be provided with

a) a rear-view mirror of category I on the left side, and

b) an exterior rear-view mirror of category I on the right side, when fitted to the equipment or to trailers to prevent the driver &apos; s direct view of the driver &apos; s direct view.

10.03.060 Motor Vehis

(1) The engine must be such that the driver may see the trajector of 10 m in front of the driver's seat and forward.

(2) The windshield shall be of laminated or tempered glass.

(3) The windscreen with windscreen wiper must be provided with windscreen wipers not to be powered by engine or other mechanical power source.

(4) The engine vessel must be fitted with :

a) a rear-view mirror of category I on the left side, and

b) an exterior rear-view mirror of the category I on the right side, when the construction of the motor vehicle, fitted or connected trailers, shall prevent the driver &apos; s direct view of the driver &apos; s direct view.

(5) The engine vessel intended to be carried by a walking shall not be fitted with a rear-view mirror.

10.03.099 Motordtorn block carriage

(1) Motordtorn block wagon follows the rules for truck N2.

10.03.100 Trailers

(1) The case of registration of a vehicle must be of a safety glass.

(2) Ruder, which cannot contribute to the driver's exit from the tractor vehicle, shall not be of a clear (transparent) glass or plastic material.

10.03.310 Vehicles for vision of docking

(1) The vehicle for vision-free interconnection must be such that it may depart with the rear-view mirror in both sides.

The mirrors must be able to be adjusted in such a way as to ensure that the maximum permissible width of the trailers is sufficient to be obtained in the back.

10.03.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice &apos; s notice on driving licences.

10.03.340 Udryvehicle

(1) Ambulance shall not comply with the provisions of the provisions of the PICTs 10.03.021 (4), as well as those windows must not be clear (transparent).

Ambulance shall not be fitted with an inside rear-view mirror if such an approach does not give a view of the rear view mirror.

10.03.364 Camping car

(1) The Camping Car shall not satisfy the determination of the provisions of the PICTs 10.03.021 (4).

(2) Camping car that is registered to a maximum of 9 people shall not satisfy the determination of the provisions of the PICTs. 10.03.022 (3).

10.04 Instruments

10.04.001 General provisions

(1) The required instrument to be able to be read during the run must be so arranged and arranged that it can be uncomplicated from the driver's seat without difficulty.

(2) The required instrument must be provided with illumination when the headlamp of the vehicle is lit. However, this does not apply when the driving light automatics is in operation. The amount of the lighting or reflexes from here must not be able to be generable to the driver.

10.04.002 Hastimeter Meter

(1) The speed meter (speedometer) must be able to be read during the run and must show the speed in kilometres / h or m.p.h.

(2) Fartwrites that meets the provisions of the act. 10.04.001 and 10.04.002 (1) are considered as speed meter.

10.04.020 Bil

(1) Bil shall be fitted with speed meter.

10.04.030 Motorcycle

(1) Motorcycle must be fitted with speed meter.

10.04.041 Large moped

(1) Large moped must be fitted with speed meter.

10.04.042 Small moped

(1) Small moped must be fitted with speed meter.

10.04.320 School Vehicle

(1) The school vehicle shall comply with the provisions of Annex 5 to the Ministry of Justice &apos; s notice on driving licences.

10.04.330 Issue of rental vehicles

(1) Vehicle vehicles must be fitted with speed meter indicating speed in km/h.

10.05 Tyveriproofproofing

10.05.001 General provisions

(1) The incorporation of unoriginal protective cover must not result in the weakening of the parts in which it is placed or tampering.

10.05.021 Personnel M1

(1) CAR M1 must be provided with protective measures which comply with the constructive provisions of

a) ECE Regulation 18-02 or 116,

b) Directive 74 /61/EEC as amended by 95 /56/EEC, or

c) American standard FMVSS 114.

10.05.024 Commodia N1

(1) Commodity N1, whose total weight does not exceed 3 000 kilograms, the rules for passenger car M1.

10.06 Illuminers

10.06.001 General provisions

(1) On-offer extinguish-closing

a) be approved and labelled in accordance with the Danish standard DS 2120 or Danish standard DS/EN 3,

b) be put in an appropriate and accessible place by the driver, and

c) must not be placed in the lockbox or the like.

10.06.022 Personnel M2

(1) Cl-car M2 must be fitted with at least one fire extinguisher near the driver &apos; s place.

(2) Ildsclosing must be approved and labelled in at least Class 5 A, 34 B, but at least class 13 A, 89 B for car intended for the carriage of more than 19 persons.

10.06.023 Personnel M3

(1) Person car M3 follows the rules for passenger car M2.

(2) Cell-car M3 in two floors must also be fitted with fire extinguices on the top floor. The provision in 10.06.001 (1) (b) does not apply to this extinguishment.

10.06.364 Camping car

(1) The Camping Car that is registered to a maximum of 9 persons shall not comply with the provisions of section 10.06.

10.07 Airbag

10.07.001 General provisions

(1) Airbag must be installed by the vehicle manufacturer &apos; s instructions.

(2) In the case of seats other than the driver, where the air bag is fitted, there must be a warning against the use of the rear seat of the rear seat. The warning label, which shall consist of a symbol, where necessary, must be firmly attached and arranged so that it is readily visible to a person who has to put a hindsight to the seat in question. There must be a further reference, which is visible all the time if the warning label is not visible when the door is closed.

However, warning labels are not required if the car is fitted with a device which automatically detects that the rear seat of the rear seat is fitted to the seat and which also ensures that the airbag cannot be triggered when the rear seat of the rear seat is fitted.

11 Measurement Methods

11.01 Noise

11.01.001 Noise measurement method (driving measure)

(1) Measuremeasurement method you are the measuring methods laid down

a) in the case of car in the Community Directive 70 /157/EEC as amended by 92 /97/EEC (Annex I, point. 5.2.2 and 5.3, and Annex VI), as amended by 96 /20/EC for vehicle type-approval after 1. January 1997.

b) for motorcycles and moped in Chapter 9 of the EC Directive 97 /24/EEC (Annex II, point. 2.1-2.1.5.4, Annex III, point. 2.1-2.1.5.4, Annex IV, point. 2.1-2.2.5.4 and Annex VII).

c) in the case of tractor in the Community Directive 74 /151/EEC (Annex VI, pkt.1.4.1).

11.01.002 Stell measurement method II (7 m-stop measurement)

(1) The sound pressure is measured at a height of 1,2 m and at a distance of 7,0 m from the vehicle side.

BL487_4_32.jpg Size : (291 X 162)

The sound pressure is measured at the centre of the vehicle, for tractor, however, for the rear axle. A maximum engine speed of 3/4 of the engine speed shall be measured at the maximum power of load.

For diesel engines, a maximum of regulated engine speed is measured.

(2) at least two measurements must be taken on each side of the vehicle. The difference between two measurements carried out on the same side of the vehicle must not exceed 2 dB (A). As the noise level of the vehicle, the largest average of the measurements of the measurements shall be taken from the same side of the vehicle.

11.01.004 Measure method IV (proximity-stop measurement)

(1) The sound pressure shall be measured at the height of the exhaust pipe, but not lower than 0,2 m above the road.

BL487_4_33.jpg Size : (273 X 168)

Micronfonation location and minimum measurement space

The microphone shall be directed at the exhaust pipe wound and placed at a distance of 0,5 m from this. The axis of the microphone must be parallel to the trajectory and forming an angle inwards of 45 ° ± 10 ° with the direction of the exhaust-wing, jr. the above figure. If the vehicle has multiple exhaust emissions, and the distance between their centres does not exceed 0,30 m, the sound pressure is measured from the exhaust-type that is nearest to the vehicle (for motorcycles and mopeds except for the controlled) or is Top of the road. If the distance between 0,30 m is increased, separate shall be measured separately for each opening, and only the maximum value is taken into account.

In the case of a vehicle fitted with a vertical exhaust system, the microphone is positioned vertically and at the height of the exhaust pipe at a distance of 0,5 m from the side of the vehicle which is nearest to the exhaust-wing.

(2) The measurement shall be opened at the constant engine speed of :

-
3s
4
, though.

-
s
2
on a motorcycle, with more than 5 000 o/min.,

where s is the engine speed limit at the maximum load.

(3) The measurement shall be carried out through a short period during this engine speed, followed by the whole deceleration period to idle, after the gas-handling accelerator is moved to the idling position.

(4) A minimum of three measurements must be taken for each measurement point. As the measure result of each measure, the maximum value of the maximum value is rounded to the nearest whole number of decibels.

The noise level of the vehicle is the highest measure result of three consecuting measurements, with no result of a result of a result of more than 2 dB (A) from one of the others.

11.01.005 Mealet space

(1) The measuring place shall be smooth and horizontal with the stocking of asphalt or concrete. The surface must be of such a nature that the noise from the tyres does not affect the results of the target results.

(2) The noise from the environment, including wind noise, must be at least 10 dB (A) lower than the measured sound pressure.

11.01.006 Monleapparat

(1) The sound pressure gauge shall comply with the provisions of the communication 179 from the International Electronic Commission (IEC).

11.01.007 Mealesconditions

(1) Noise measurement must be carried out

a) with an operating system engine,

b) in clear and calm weather, and

c) with the vehicle at the service weight.

11.02 Air pollution

11.02.001 CO at iddstart

(1) The measurement shall be carried out with the operating system engine and at the idling speed.

In the case of a vehicle with more than one exit pipe from the exhaust system, the measurement is carried out in one of the following ways :

a) The disposited pipes will be reconccted to one flight.

b) The measurement shall be carried out at each time of departure.

The target result shall be calculated as the arithmetic mean of the measurements for all the pipes.

11.02.003 CO and lambda by increid-tomato

(1) Measurements shall be carried out with the operating system of over 2 000 dead / min.

In the case of a vehicle with more than one office of departure, the guidelines shall apply to the furtive. 11.02.001.

11.02.004 Diesel smoke density (free acceleration)

(1) The measurement of smoke density (light absorption coefficient) shall be carried out, the engine of the meter is accelerated at a maximum speed of the maximum speed of the main. The method of measurement shall be specified in Directive 96 /96/EC as amended by Directive 96 /92/EC.

11.03 Hasvelocity

11.03.001 Hastitest method

(1) The maximum speed of the motor vehicle is calculated as the result of an equal number of speed measurements carried out in both directions on the horizontal road.

(2) The method of measurement other than the one in 11.03.001 (1) may be used if there is any documentation of equal dignity.

11.03.002 Conditions of measurement

(1) The speed measurement must be carried out

a) with an operating system engine,

b) in calmly weather and

c) with the vehicle at the service weight.

11.03.040 Knallert

(1) In the case of standard type-approval, the fixed speed limit must be allowed to exceed 5%.

(2) No other speed measure than mentioned in point. (1) the speed limit set at 30 km/h for a small moped and 45 km/h for a large moped could not be exceeded by more than 20%.

11.03.050 Traktor

(1) In the case of a speed measure, the fixed speed limit shall be exceeded by not more than 10%.

(2) A minor rate of downgrading can be made if it is necessary to limit the speed to the set speed limit. The engine speed must not be less than the speed of the engine for which the engine emits its maximum power.

11.03.060 Motor Vehis

(1) The engine tool follows the rules of the tractor.


Appendix 2

Summary of changes of content in relation to the notice of 11. March 2010 laying down detailed rules for vehicles and equipment of vehicles.

Main section 3 :

Changed up. 3.01.010 (3) on total weight of 3-axal car.

Changed up. 3.01.010 (4) on total weight of 4-axal car.

Changed up. 3.01.010 (5) on bogie pressure.

Changed up. 3.01.010 (6) on driving pressure.

Changed up. 3.01.010 (7) on bogie expressions.

New item. 3.01,100 (2) on total weight of 4-axle trailer.

New item. 3.01,200 (1) (a) on total weight of 7-ax-laden vehicle.

New item. 3.02.001 (4) on the breadth of tractor and trailer trailer.

Changed up. 3.02.001 (5) on the width of motor nets and so on

New item. 3.02,200 (2) on the length of tractor wagon trains.

New item. 3.02,200 (3) on the length of the motor vehicle and tractor wagon train.

Division 6 :

New item. 6.01.310 (1) on connection in 7-poll connectors.

New furs. 6.04.340 (6), (7) and (8) on the reaction lamps.

Main section 7 :

amended section 7.06.021 on air pollution for passenger cars M1 (Euro 5).

Changed section 7.06.022 on air pollution for passenger cars M2 (Euro 5).

amended section 7.06.024 on air pollution for goods vehicles N1 (Euro 5).

Section 9 :

Changed up. 9.02.025 (1) (f) on the rules on the pressure of presentation.

New item. 9.08.001 (1) (a) for the purpose of shielding rear-to-end.


Appendix 3

ECE Regulation (ECE) Regulations issued under the auspices of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (ECE) concluded by 20 shall be the subject of a list of ECE Regulations. In March 1958 concerning the introduction of uniform terms and conditions for the approval of equipment and parts for motor vehicles.

The withdrawal of a Regulation means that a component or system approved and labelled in accordance with an ECE Regulation may be applied to vehicles registered in this country.

Denmark has joined the regulations with * specified regulations.

No! Topic

1 * lamps of asymmetrical passing and / or driving beam headlamps.

2 * lamps fitted with an asymmetrical passing beam and / or remote light.

3 * Retroreflecting devices.

4 * Numbering lamps.

5 * &apos; Sealed-beam &apos; lamps having an asymmetrical passing beam and / or remote light.

6 * Direction indicator lamps.

7 * position lamps, rear position lamps, lamps and marker lamps.

8 * lamps for halogenlamps (H1, H2 and H3) having an asymmetrical passing beam and / or remote light.

9 Noise level of motor vehicles with three wheels.

10 * Radio noise dampening.

11 * door locks and hinges.

12 * Collision-proof steering device.

13 * Brakes on vehicles and trailers to this end.

14 * Formages for seat belts.

Fifteen Air Pollution from cars.

16 * seatbelts.

17 * Seats and seat anchorages.

18 * burglary protection of cars.

19 * fog lamps.

20 * lamps for halogenlamps (H4) with an asymmetrical passing and / or dipped-beam headlamp.

The interior interior of the Kabinc *.

22 * Power helmets.

23 * Reversing lamps.

24 * Smoke development from cars with diesel engines.

25 * Naking supporters.

26-Ingleant parts.

27 * Warning triangles.

28 light warning devices.

29.Collision-proof lorry driver &apos; s vehicle.

30 * Deck to passenger cars.

31 * &apos; Sealed-beam &apos; halogen lamps (H4) with an asymmetrical passing and / or dipped-beam headlamp.

32 * cabin construction of passenger cars and h.t. collision from the rear.

33 * Cabin construction of passenger cars and h.t. collision at the same time.

34 * Prevention of fire hazards in passenger cars.

35 * Pedallocation in passenger cars.

36 Construction of buses (18 or more people).

37 * lamps for lamps.

38 * fog rear position lamps.

39-speed meter (speedometer).

40 Air Pollution from motorcycles fitted with positive-ignition engines.

41 Noise level for motorcycles.

42, bumper for and the back of passenger cars.

43 * Ruder of safety glass.

44 * Children's restraint systems.

Forty-five * Lympervians and scientists.

46 * Precrime mirrors and mounting of rear view mirrors on cars.

47 Air pollution from mopeds with a positive-ignition engine.

48 * Mounting of lamps on vehicles and trailers.

49 * Air pollution from diesel engines.

50 * position lamps, rear position lamps, lamps, direction indicator lamps, and number lamps for motorcycles and mopeds.

51 * noise level of motor vehicles with at least four wheels.

52 Construction of minibuses (10 23 people).

53 * Mounting of lamps on motorcycles.

54 * Deck to cargo vehicles.

55 * coupling devices.

56 dipped-beam headlamp for moped.

57 * Near and main-beam headlamp for motorcycles.

58 * foreclosure on the back of lorries.

59 * exhaust systems (spare parts) for cars.

60 Bevaling devices on motorcycles and mopeds.

Sixty-one-week-off-on-truck-driver.

62 * The protective device of motorcycles.

63 Noise levels for mopeds.

64 * ReserveWheel for temporary use.

65 Detachment and Extinguishing lamps.

66 * Power of overbuild on large passenger cars (18 or more people).

67 * fuel installations for the F-gas.

68 Measurement of the greatest speed.

69 * Waymarking of slowest vehicles.

70 * Reflective planker.

' 71 * Visible position for tractors.

&apos; 72 &apos; means motorcycling lamps for halogenlamps (HS1) with an asymmetrical passing beam and a driving beam headlamp. 73 * Side-vehicle side-side foreclosure.

74 * Mounting of lamps on mopeds.

75 * Deck to motorcycles.

76 Near and main-beam headlamp for mopeds.

77 * Parking lamps.

Seventy-eight * Brakes and mopeds.

79 * Styrosteering on vehicles and trailers.

80 * seals and seat anchorages in large passenger cars (18 or more people).

81 * Precrime and mounting of rear view mirrors on motorcycles.

82 * Busted lamps for halogen lamps (HS2), with the near-and-beam headlamps.

83 * Air pollution from cars.

84 Measurement of fuel consumption.

85 * Measurement of engine power.

86 * Mounting of lamp on tractors.

87 * Flesh lighting lamp.

88 Reflective decks to mopeds and bicycles.

89 * Speed limiters.

90 * Braking of brake (parts) to vehicles and trailers to this end.

91 * Side-marker lamps.

92 Emodation (s) for motorcycles.

Ninety-three-one-screen for heavy goods vehicles.

94 Protection of people at frontal collision.

95 Protection of persons in side collision.

96 * Air pollution from diesel engines to tractors.

'97.' Alarm and the crunchins.

' 98 * * lamps of gas discharge lamps having an asymmetrical passing beam and / or remote light.

99 * Gaunload lamps.

100 * Electrical cars.

101 * Measurement of carbon dioxide emissions and fuel consumption.

102 * Map coupling systems.

103 * catalytic converters (parts) for cars.

104 * Conturalist marking of large vehicles.

105 * Vehicles intended for the transport of dangerous goods (ADR).

106 * Deck to agricultural vehicles.

107 * Construction of buses.

108 * Resurgical decks for passenger cars.

109 * Resurged decks to heavy goods vehicles.

110 * fuel installations for natural gas.

111 * Selecting stability for tanking otters.

112 * lamps of asymmetrical passing and / or driving beam headlamps.

113 * lamps of symmetrical passing and / or distant light.

114 * Airback systems.

1 115 * fuel installations for the F-gas and natural gas fuel (ick-gas).

116 * burglary security, alarm system, and the starting gate for cars.

117 * Approvals of tyres for rolling noise.

118 * Flammability of certain materials in coaches.

119 * Curvycher.

120 * Measurement of the engine performance and fuel consumption of tractors and non-road machinery. 121 * Control devices on automobiles.

122 * Ophetging systems.

123 * Profit systems that adapt to the environment.

124 * Trap to passenger cars and so on

125 * Syncing field for passenger cars.

126 * Discretion of passenger spaces and car trunk car trunks.


Appendix 4

List of notices relating to vehicles and equipment in which provisions are laid down, which are also applicable to older vehicles.

No 198 of 24. June 1955
Joint executive order.
No 100 of 20. April 1956
Intigated.
Number 282 of 13. December 1957
Separation of goods vehicles.
No 308 of 4. November 1959
Coverage depth.
Number 235 of 27. June 1961
Weight on the steering wheel.
No 92 of 20. March 1963
Hjulaf screen and fuel lockout.
Number 386 of 11. November 1966
Covering device in the runway braking devices.
Number 388 of 25. September 1967
Precrime mirror and deck.
Number 118 of 9. April 1968
Direction indicator lamps.
Number 185 of 5. May 1970
Direction-projection wings, remote projectors, fog headlights and side retro-reflectors.
Number 14 of 11. January 1972
The burglary.
Number 234 of 2. May 1973
Remote projectors.
Number 261 of 20. 1 May 1976
Solfilters.
Retailers for Vehicles 1984
Fuel plant for F-gas.
Retailers for Vehicles 1986
The marking of slowest vehicles.
Retail requirements for Vehicles 1988
Wide angle and dipped-up zoning mirrors.
Retailers for Vehicles 1989
Slingrebrake.
Retail requirements for Vehicles 1990
Length of semi-trailer and driving light.
Retailers for Vehicles 1991
Coverage depth.
Retail requirements for Vehicles 1992
Reflective planker.
Retailers for Vehicles 1993
Blocking-off brake, air pollution and speed limiters.
Retailers for Vehicles 1994
Blocking-off brake, air pollution and speed limiters.
Retail requirements for Vehicles 1995
Blocking-off brakes, air pollution, speed limiters, and solar filter films.
Retail requirements for Vehicles 1996
Air pollution for vehicle and weight, brakes, electric system, lamps, reflexes, wheel, bodywork, rear-direction and exit detection and tractor, motor vehicle, trailer, tractor and motor vehicle, and non-registration obligation.
Retailers for Vehicles 1997
Length of semi-trailer and trailer, wait for cars and haulage trains, braking for tractor trailer, trailer trailer to non-registration, trailer, tractor trailer, tractor trailer, and non-registration duty-liable tool.
Retail requirements for Vehicles 1999
Motorcycle with attached trailers, trailers for motorcycles.
Retailers for Vehicles 2001
Inscriptions on salvage vehicles.
Speed measures in vehicles for odelity.
Retailers for Vehicles 2002
Width of trailers in relation to car, weight of non-registration obligation, the attachment of wheelchairs.
Retailers for Vehicles 2003
E / /Elabelling of tyres, including regulations,
Retailers for Vehicles 2004
Air pollution, by constructive changes, carbon monoxide content, exhaust, ligaments and safety notices in sleeping buses, mirrors on trucks.
Retailers for Vehicles 2007
Bremse on the sidecar (when the motorcycle is approved with a trailer).
Driver's field of vision backward and backward in passenger car M1.
Air Conditioning Facility (Amendment No 2008)

Appendix 5

List of equipment at EC type-approved passenger car M1, which shall be approved under Directives or ECE Regulations (only the basic directives on the base of the Directives only provided for).

Equipment
EC Directive / ECE Regulation
Rat
EC Directive 74 /297/EEC
ECE Regulation 12
Spare braking coating 4)
EC Directive 71 /320/EEC
ECE Regulation 90
Electrical / electronic equipment with EMC relevance (EMC=Electromagnetic compatibility 5)
EC Directive 95 /54/EC
ECE Regulation 10
Remove-and dipped-beam headlamps and lamps
EC Directive 76 /761/EEC
ECE Regulation 1
ECE Regulation 2
ECE Regulation 5
ECE Regulation 8
ECE Regulation 20
ECE Regulation 31
ECE Regulation 37
ECE Regulation 98
ECE Regulation 99
ECE Regulation 112
ECE Regulation 123
Hear-front lamps
F-Directive 76 /762/EEC
ECE Regulation 19
Reversing lamp
F-Directive 77 /539/EEC
ECE Regulation 23
Positions-behind-and marker lamps
EC Directive 76 /758/EEC
ECE Regulation 7
HEAR REAR POSITION
EC Directive 77 /538/EEC
ECE Regulation 38
Numberspace lamps
EC Directive 76 /760/EEC
ECE Regulation 4
PARKING LAMP
EC Directive 77 /540/EEC
ECE Regulation 77
Side marker lamps
EC Directive 76 /758/EEC
ECE Regulation 91
Direction indicator lamps
EC Directive 76 /759/EEC
ECE Regulation 6
Stop lamp
EC Directive 76 /758/EEC
ECE Regulation 7
Reflecting devices
EC Directive 76 /757/EEC
ECE Regulation 3
Sound warning device
EC Directive 70 /388/EEC
ECE Regulation 28
Sending and receiving antenna for radio
EC Directive 74 /483/EEC
Alarm alarm.
EC Directive 74 /61/EEC
ECE Regulation 97
ECE Regulation 116
Launcher
EC Directive 74 /61/EEC
ECE Regulation 97
ECE Regulation 116
Purchased-beam headlamps 6)
EC Directive 76 /758/EEC
ECE Regulation 87
Exhaust system
EC Directive 70 /157/EEC
ECE Regulation 51
ECE Regulation 59
Replacement catalytic converter
EC Directive 98 /77/EC
EC Regulation 715/2007
ECE Regulation 103
Replacement Probe Filter (Euro 5 and higher)
EC Regulation 715/2007
Rap-heating facilities 7)
EC Directive 2001 /56/EC
ECE Regulation 122
Air conditionals (with fluorinated greenhouse gases) 8)
EC Directive 2006 /40/EC
Tyres (other than regulatory decks)
EC Directive 92 /23/EEC
ECE Regulation 30
ECE Regulation 54
ECE Regulation 64
Noise-approved tyres 9) (excluding regulations of tyres and spare wheels for temporary use)
EC Directive 2001 /43/EC
ECE-Regulations 117
coupling device
EC Directive 94 /20/EC
ECE Regulation 55
Baggage carrier and skiing
EC Directive 74 /483/EEC
Safarigitre and so on. (for frontal protection)
EC Directive 2005 /66/EC
Nunks
EC Regulation 78/2009
ECE Regulation 17
ECE Regulation 25
Seat belts
EC Directive 77 /541/EEC
ECE Regulation 16
Barnehold devices
EC Directive 77 /541/EEC
ECE Regulation 44
Rudes (other than rusted of plastic material)
EC Directive 92 /22/EEC
ECE Regulation 43
Aruwasher
EC Directive 78 /318/EEC
Precrime Mirrors
EC Directive 71 /127/EEC
EC Directive 2003 /97/EC
ECE Regulation 46
4)
This provision shall apply only to passenger cars M1, which is EC type-approval on 7. April 1998, or later.
5)
Deposited equipment that does not affect the vehicle &apos; s function as a vehicle, e.g. radio, navigation system and mobile telephony, shall not be the "e" / "E" mark if it is "CE" label.
6)
This provision applies only to passenger cars M1, which is registered for the first time 1. April 2010 or later.
7)
This provision applies only to passenger cars M1, which is registered for the first time on 9. May 2005 or later.
8)
This provision applies only to passenger cars M1, which is registered for the first time on 21. June 2009 or later.
9)
The provisions shall enter into force on 1 October 2009 for tyres with a tyre width exceeding 185 mm, 1 October 2010 for decks with cover width of more than 185 mm and not more than 215 mm, 1 October 2011 for tyre tyre width covering more than 215 mm. From these dates, the replacement of tyres shall be fitted with "e"-/ "E" marked as no-no-approved.

Appendix 6

List of Community Directives or ECE Regulations subject to the total harmonization of two and three-wheel motor vehicles (only the basic directives on the base of the directives are set out). Directives (Regulations), which also include equipment, are specified by *.

EC Directive 2002/24/EC (formerly 92 /61/EEC) on the type-approval of two-and three-wheel motor vehicles comprising the standard type-approval of two-wheel motor vehicles,

-WHAT? mopeds ;

-WHAT? motorcycles ;

-WHAT? three-wheel cars and

-WHAT? Light four-wheelers (quadricycles) with the exception of :

-WHAT? vehicles with a maximum design speed of not more than 6 km/h,

-WHAT? vehicles for the use of physically disabled persons ;

-WHAT? vehicles for use in competitions on or out of the way, and

-WHAT? three-wheeled road vehicles with one front wheel.

Topic
EC Directive / ECE Regulation
Entry into force
Brakes
EC Directive 93 /14/EEC
ECE Regulation 78
5 April 1995
Control lamps must be identified.
EC Directive 93 /29/EEC;
ECE Regulation 60
June 14, 1995
Noise signalling device * (other than mechanical bell)
EC Directive 93 /30/EEC
EC Directive 70 /388/EEC
ECE Regulation 28
June 14, 1995
Aid legs on two-wheel vehicles
EC Directive 93 /31/EEC
June 14, 1995
Spirits of hand. Equine. in the case of passengers on two-wheel vehicles
EC Directive 93 /32/EEC
June 14, 1995
Thickproof
EC Directive 93 /33/EEC,
ECE Regulation 62
June 14, 1995
Identification and recipes
EC Directive 93 /34/EEC
June 14, 1995
Mounting of lamps and reflexes
EC Directive 93 /92/EEC
ECE Regulation 53
October 29, 1995
Weight and dimensions
EC Directive 93 /93/EEC
October 29, 1995
Location of the premia plate number plate
EC Directive 93 /94/EEC
October 29, 1995
Constructictively specific maximum speed and torque and effect
EC Directive 95 /1/EC
February 2, 1997
Deck *
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 1 ECE Regulations 30, 54, 64 and 75
June 17, 1999
Lighting and light-signalling * EC Directive 97 /24/EC Cape. 2 ECE Regulations 3, 19, 20, 37 50, 56, 57, 72 and 82 ;
June 17, 1999
Exporting parts
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 3
June 17, 1999
Precrime mirror *
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 4 ECE Regulation 81
June 17, 1999
Measures against atmospheric pollution
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 5
June 17, 1999
Fuel tanks
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 6
June 17, 1999
Measures against unlawful intervention on two-wheeles
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 7
June 17, 1999
Electromagnetic compatibility, EMC
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 8 ECE Regulative 10
June 17, 1999
Maximum sound level and exhaust system *
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 9
June 17, 1999
coupling devices *
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 10
June 17, 1999
Seatbelts and their anchorages of three-wheeled
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. 11 ECE Regulation 16
June 17, 1999
Rudes, windscreen wipers and washers, de-icing and deframing devices for windscreens on three-wheel (*)
EC Directive 97 /24/EC kap. ECU 12 ECE Regulation 43,
June 17, 1999
The speed meter on two and three-wheel (*)
EC Directive 2000 /7/EC
1 July 2002
Replacement catalytic converter *
EC Directive 2005 /30/EC
March 18, 2006

Appendix 7

List of Community type-approval tractor equipment to be approved in accordance with Community Directives or ECE Regulations (only the basic directives on the base of the directives are set out).

Equipment
EC Directive / ECE Regulation
Electrical / Electronic Equipment with EMC relevance (EMC : Electromagnetic compatibility)
EC Directive 2000 /2/EC
EC Directive 95 /54/EC
ECE Regulation 10
Remove-and dipped-beam headlamps and lamps
EC Directive 76 /761/EEC
ECE Regulation 1
ECE Regulation 2
ECE Regulation 5
ECE Regulation 8
ECE Regulation 20
ECE Regulation 31
ECE Regulation 37
ECE Regulation 98
ECE Regulation 99
Hear-front lamps
EC Directive 76 /762/EEC
ECE Regulation 19
Reversing lamp
EC Directive 77 /539/EEC
ECE Regulation 23
Positions-behind-and marker lamps
EC Directive 76 /758/EEC
ECE Regulation 7
HEAR REAR POSITION
EC Directive 77 /538/EEC
ECE Regulation 38
Numberspace lamps
EC Directive 76 /760/EEC
ECE Regulation 4
PARKING LAMP
EC Directive 77 /540/EEC
ECE Regulation 77
Direction indicator lamps
EC Directive 76 /759/EEC
ECE Regulation 6
Stop lamp
EC Directive 76 /758/EEC
ECE Regulation 7
Reflecting devices
EC Directive 76 /757/EEC
ECE Regulation 3
Sound warning device
EC Directive 70 /388/EEC
ECE Regulation 28
Equipment
EC Directive / ECE Regulation
Drivers
EC Directive 77 /536/EEC
EC Directive 79 /622/EEC
EC Directive 86 /298/EEC
EC Directive 87 /402/EEC
coupling device
EC Directive 89 /173/EEC
Driving seat
EC Directive 78 /764/EEC
Rudes (other than rusted of plastic material)
EC Directive 89 /173/EEC
EC Directive 92 /22/EEC
ECE Regulation 43
Aruwasher
EC Directive 78 /318/EEC
Precrime Mirrors
EC Directive 71 /127/EEC ECE Regulations 46
Official notes

1) However, the requirement does not cover goods vehicles with an engine approved in accordance with Directive 88 /77/EEC if the manufacturer total annual world production of goods vehicles N1 is less than 2 000 units.